1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
45 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
47 #include "insn-config.h"
55 #include "dwarf2out.h"
56 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
62 #include "diagnostic.h"
65 #include "langhooks.h"
69 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
70 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
73 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
74 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
75 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
76 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
77 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
78 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
79 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
80 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
81 CIE = Common Information Entry
82 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
83 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
84 FDE = Frame Description Entry
85 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
86 how to restore registers
88 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
89 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
91 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
95 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
97 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
98 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
99 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
102 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
103 || flag_unwind_tables
104 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
109 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
111 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
114 /* Various versions of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note these must appear
115 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro guards. */
117 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems with named sections. */
119 named_section_eh_frame_section (void)
121 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
122 #ifdef HAVE_LD_RO_RW_SECTION_MIXING
123 int fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
124 int per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
125 int lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
129 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
130 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
131 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
132 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
133 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
134 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
136 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags);
138 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, SECTION_WRITE);
143 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems using collect2. */
145 collect2_eh_frame_section (void)
147 tree label = get_file_function_name ('F');
150 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
151 (*targetm.asm_out.globalize_label) (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
152 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
155 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. */
157 default_eh_frame_section (void)
159 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
160 named_section_eh_frame_section ();
162 collect2_eh_frame_section ();
166 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
167 must be kept around forever. */
168 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray;
170 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
171 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
172 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
173 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types;
175 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
176 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
177 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
178 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
179 define type declaration DIE's. */
180 static GTY(()) varray_type decl_scope_table;
182 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
183 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
184 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
187 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
188 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
189 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
191 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
192 Information instructions. The register number, offset
193 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
194 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
196 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
198 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
204 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct GTY(())
206 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
207 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
208 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
209 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
213 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct GTY(())
215 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
216 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
217 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
219 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
224 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
225 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
226 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
227 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
228 of this structure. */
229 typedef struct cfa_loc GTY(())
232 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
233 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
234 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
237 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
238 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
239 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
240 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
241 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
243 typedef struct dw_fde_struct GTY(())
245 const char *dw_fde_begin;
246 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
247 const char *dw_fde_end;
248 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
249 unsigned funcdef_number;
250 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
251 unsigned nothrow : 1;
252 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
256 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
257 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
259 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
260 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
261 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
262 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
264 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
265 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
268 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
269 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
270 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
273 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
274 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
277 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
278 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
279 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
282 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
283 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
285 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
286 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
289 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
291 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
292 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
293 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
295 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
296 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
297 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
298 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
300 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
304 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
305 information for each routine. */
306 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
308 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
309 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
311 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
312 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
314 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
316 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
318 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
319 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
321 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
322 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
323 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
324 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
325 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
326 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
329 struct indirect_string_node GTY(())
332 unsigned int refcount;
337 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
339 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
340 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
342 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
344 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
346 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
347 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
348 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
349 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
350 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
351 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *);
352 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
353 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
354 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
355 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (rtx);
356 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
357 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
358 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx);
359 static void queue_reg_save (const char *, rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT);
360 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
361 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx);
362 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
364 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
365 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
366 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
367 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
368 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
370 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
372 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
373 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
374 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
377 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
378 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
379 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
381 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
382 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
385 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
386 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
389 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
390 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
393 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
394 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
395 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
396 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
397 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
398 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
399 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
400 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
401 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
402 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
403 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
405 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
406 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
408 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
410 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
412 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
416 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
417 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
418 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
419 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
422 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
423 for the current function. */
424 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
425 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
428 /* Hook used by __throw. */
431 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
433 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
436 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
437 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
440 stripattributes (const char *s)
442 char *stripped = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
447 while (*s && *s != ',')
454 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
457 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
460 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
461 rtx addr = expand_expr (address, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
462 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
463 bool wrote_return_column = false;
465 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
466 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
468 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
469 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
472 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
473 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
474 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
476 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
478 wrote_return_column = true;
480 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
484 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
487 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
488 if (! wrote_return_column)
490 i = DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
491 wrote_return_column = false;
493 i = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
496 if (! wrote_return_column)
498 enum machine_mode save_mode = Pmode;
499 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = i * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
500 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
501 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
505 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
508 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
512 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
513 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
515 return "DW_CFA_offset";
517 return "DW_CFA_restore";
521 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
522 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
523 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
524 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
525 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
526 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
527 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
528 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
529 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
530 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
531 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
532 case DW_CFA_undefined:
533 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
534 case DW_CFA_same_value:
535 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
536 case DW_CFA_register:
537 return "DW_CFA_register";
538 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
539 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
540 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
541 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
543 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
544 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
545 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
546 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
547 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
550 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
551 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
552 case DW_CFA_expression:
553 return "DW_CFA_expression";
554 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
555 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
556 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
557 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
558 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
559 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
561 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
562 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
563 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
566 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
567 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
568 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
569 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
570 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
571 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
574 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
578 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
580 static inline dw_cfi_ref
583 dw_cfi_ref cfi = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
585 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
586 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
587 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
592 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
595 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
599 /* Find the end of the chain. */
600 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
606 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
609 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
611 static char label[20];
613 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
614 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
618 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
619 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
622 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
626 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
629 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
631 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
632 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
636 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label = xstrdup (label);
638 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
640 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
641 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
642 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
645 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
649 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
652 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
655 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc)
657 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
659 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
660 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
662 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
663 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
666 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
667 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
669 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
670 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
677 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
680 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
684 loc->reg = (unsigned long) -1;
687 loc->base_offset = 0;
689 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
690 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
692 if (fde_table_in_use)
694 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
695 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
696 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
700 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
701 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
703 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
705 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
707 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
708 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
710 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
711 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
713 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
714 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
715 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
718 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
725 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
728 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
729 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
732 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
735 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
740 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
741 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
743 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
744 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
746 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
747 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
748 && loc.indirect == old_cfa.indirect
749 && (loc.indirect == 0 || loc.base_offset == old_cfa.base_offset))
754 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
756 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
757 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
759 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
760 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
763 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
764 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset && old_cfa.reg != (unsigned long) -1
767 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
768 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
769 offset has not changed. */
770 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
771 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
775 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
777 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
778 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
779 the specified offset. */
780 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
781 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
782 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
786 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
787 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
788 register-offset pair is available. */
789 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
791 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
792 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc);
793 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
796 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
799 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
800 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
801 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
802 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
805 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
807 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
809 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
811 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
812 the value isn't a register number. */
813 if (sreg == (unsigned int) -1)
816 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
818 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
820 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
822 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
824 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
825 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
826 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
828 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
830 if (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT != offset)
834 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
836 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
838 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
840 else if (sreg == reg)
841 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
845 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
846 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
849 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
852 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
853 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
854 from the previous frame's window save area.
856 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
857 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
860 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
862 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
864 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
865 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
868 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
869 pushed onto the stack. */
872 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
876 if (size == old_args_size)
879 old_args_size = size;
882 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
883 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
884 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
887 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
888 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
891 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
893 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), -1, offset);
896 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
897 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
900 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
902 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, -1, offset);
905 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
906 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
909 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
911 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, sreg, 0);
914 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
915 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
918 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
920 unsigned int reg = (unsigned int) -1;
921 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
923 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
926 /* RA is in a register. */
927 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
931 /* RA is on the stack. */
933 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
936 if (REGNO (rtl) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
942 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
944 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
948 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
950 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
960 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
961 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
962 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
963 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != CONST_INT)
965 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
972 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
975 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
979 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern)
981 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
982 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
983 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
986 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
988 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
989 code = GET_CODE (src);
990 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
991 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
992 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
995 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
999 else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM)
1001 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1002 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1003 code = GET_CODE (src);
1009 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1011 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1012 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1013 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != PLUS ||
1014 GET_CODE (val) != CONST_INT)
1016 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1023 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1025 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1032 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1034 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1049 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1050 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1051 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1054 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn)
1056 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1060 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1061 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1062 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1063 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1064 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn))
1067 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
1069 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1070 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1071 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1072 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1073 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1074 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1075 if (GET_CODE (insn) != CALL)
1078 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1082 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1083 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1084 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1087 if (GET_CODE (insn) == BARRIER)
1089 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1090 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1091 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1092 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1093 offset = -args_size;
1098 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1099 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
1100 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1101 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1103 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1105 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1106 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1107 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i));
1115 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1116 cfa.offset += offset;
1118 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1122 args_size += offset;
1126 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1127 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1128 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1133 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1134 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1135 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1137 struct queued_reg_save GTY(())
1139 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1141 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1144 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1146 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1147 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1150 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1152 struct queued_reg_save *q = ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q));
1154 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1156 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1157 queued_reg_saves = q;
1159 last_reg_save_label = label;
1163 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1165 struct queued_reg_save *q, *next;
1167 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = next)
1169 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label, REGNO (q->reg), q->cfa_offset);
1173 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1174 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1178 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn)
1180 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1182 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1183 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1190 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1191 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1192 value, not an offset. */
1193 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1195 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1196 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1197 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1200 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1201 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1202 users need not read the source code.
1204 The High-Level Picture
1206 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1207 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1208 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1209 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1210 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1212 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1213 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1214 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1215 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1216 saves. This also seems to work.
1218 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1219 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1220 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1221 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1223 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1224 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1225 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1226 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1228 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1230 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1231 consists of a register and an offset.
1232 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1233 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1234 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1235 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1236 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1237 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1238 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1240 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1241 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1242 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1245 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1246 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1247 and cfa_temp.offset.
1249 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1252 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1253 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1254 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1258 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1259 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1262 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1263 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1264 cfa.offset unchanged
1265 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1266 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1269 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1270 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1271 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1272 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1273 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1274 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1277 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1278 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1279 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1282 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1283 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1285 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1286 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1287 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1290 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1291 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1293 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1294 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1297 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1298 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1299 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1302 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1303 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1304 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1307 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1311 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1312 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1313 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1316 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1317 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1318 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1320 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1323 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1324 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1325 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1327 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1330 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1333 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1334 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1337 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1338 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1339 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1342 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1343 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1344 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1345 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1348 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
1351 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1353 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1354 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1355 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1356 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1357 flag is set in them. */
1358 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1361 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1363 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1364 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index)) == SET
1365 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index))
1367 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index), label);
1372 if (GET_CODE (expr) != SET)
1375 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1376 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1378 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1382 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1383 relative to the current CFA register. */
1384 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1386 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1388 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1394 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1395 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1396 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1397 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1398 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1399 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1400 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1406 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1410 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1413 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1416 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1)) != cfa_temp.reg)
1418 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1424 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1426 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1427 if (cfa.reg != (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
1429 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1431 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1432 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1434 else if (XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx)
1437 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1439 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1440 cfa.offset += offset;
1441 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1442 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1444 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1447 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1448 or adjusting the FP */
1449 if (! frame_pointer_needed)
1452 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1453 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1454 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1456 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1457 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1459 cfa.offset += offset;
1460 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1467 if (GET_CODE (src) == MINUS)
1471 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1472 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1473 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1475 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1476 into the FP later on. */
1477 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1478 cfa.offset += offset;
1479 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1480 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1481 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1482 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1486 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1487 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1488 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1490 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1491 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1492 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1494 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1495 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1499 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1500 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1502 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1503 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1512 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1513 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1518 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) != REG
1519 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) != cfa_temp.reg
1520 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1523 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1524 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1525 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1528 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1529 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1538 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1542 if (GET_CODE (src) != REG)
1545 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1547 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1552 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1553 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT)
1555 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1557 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1558 || cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1561 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1562 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1563 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1565 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1571 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1572 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1575 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1576 || cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1579 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1580 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1581 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1583 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1587 /* With an offset. */
1591 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT)
1593 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1594 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1597 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1598 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1599 else if (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1600 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1606 /* Without an offset. */
1608 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1609 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1610 else if (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1611 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1618 if (cfa_temp.reg != (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1620 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1621 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1628 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1629 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1630 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1632 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1634 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1636 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1637 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1639 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1640 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, offset);
1645 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1646 calculate the CFA. */
1647 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1649 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
1651 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
1654 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
1655 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1657 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1662 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1663 queue_reg_save (label, src, offset);
1671 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1672 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1673 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1676 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn)
1681 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1683 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1684 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1686 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1688 if (cfa.reg != (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM))
1691 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1694 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1698 if (GET_CODE (insn) != INSN || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1699 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1701 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1703 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1704 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn);
1709 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1710 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1712 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1714 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1716 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1721 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1722 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1723 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1725 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1726 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1731 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1732 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1734 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1735 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1736 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1737 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1738 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1739 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
1742 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1743 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1744 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1745 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1746 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1747 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1748 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1749 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1750 case DW_CFA_register:
1751 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1753 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1754 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1755 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1756 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1758 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1759 case DW_CFA_expression:
1760 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
1767 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1768 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1769 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1771 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1772 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1776 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1777 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1779 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1780 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1781 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1783 case DW_CFA_register:
1784 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1787 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1791 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1793 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
1794 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
1795 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
1796 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
1797 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
1800 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1803 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
1806 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
1807 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1808 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
1809 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
1810 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1811 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
1813 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1814 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
1815 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
1816 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1818 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
1820 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1821 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
1822 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
1826 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
1827 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
1829 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
1831 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1833 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1834 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1835 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
1838 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
1839 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
1842 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1843 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1844 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1845 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1848 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1849 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1850 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1851 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1854 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1855 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1856 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1857 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1860 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1861 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1862 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1863 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1866 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1867 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1868 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1869 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
1870 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1873 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1874 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1875 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1876 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
1877 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1880 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1881 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1882 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1883 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1884 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1885 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
1888 case DW_CFA_register:
1889 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1890 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
1891 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1892 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
1895 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1896 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1897 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1900 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1901 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1904 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1907 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1908 case DW_CFA_expression:
1909 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
1912 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
1913 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
1922 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
1923 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1924 location of saved registers. */
1927 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
1932 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
1933 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
1934 char augmentation[6];
1935 int augmentation_size;
1936 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1937 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1938 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1940 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
1941 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
1944 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
1945 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
1946 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
1947 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
1950 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
1952 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
1953 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
1954 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
1955 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
1956 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
1957 any_eh_needed = true;
1959 if (! any_eh_needed)
1963 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1968 (*targetm.asm_out.eh_frame_section) ();
1970 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
1972 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
1973 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
1975 /* Output the CIE. */
1976 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
1977 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
1978 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
1979 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1980 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
1982 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1983 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1984 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
1985 (for_eh ? 0 : DW_CIE_ID),
1986 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1988 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
1990 augmentation[0] = 0;
1991 augmentation_size = 0;
1997 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1998 augmentation section.
1999 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2000 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2001 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2003 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2004 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2006 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2007 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2008 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2010 p = augmentation + 1;
2011 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2014 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
2016 if (any_lsda_needed)
2019 augmentation_size += 1;
2021 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2024 augmentation_size += 1;
2026 if (p > augmentation + 1)
2028 augmentation[0] = 'z';
2032 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2033 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2035 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2037 + 1 /* CIE version */
2038 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2039 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2040 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
2042 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2043 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2044 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2046 augmentation_size += pad;
2048 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2049 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2050 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) != 1)
2055 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2056 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2057 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
2058 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2059 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, "CIE RA Column");
2061 if (augmentation[0])
2063 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
2064 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2066 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
2067 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
2068 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
2069 eh_personality_libfunc, NULL);
2072 if (any_lsda_needed)
2073 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2074 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
2076 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2077 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2078 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
2081 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2082 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
2084 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2085 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2086 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
2087 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2089 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2090 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2092 fde = &fde_table[i];
2094 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2095 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
2096 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2097 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2100 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2101 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2102 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2103 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2105 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2108 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
2110 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
2115 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
2116 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin),
2117 "FDE initial location");
2118 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2119 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2120 "FDE address range");
2124 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2125 "FDE initial location");
2126 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2127 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2128 "FDE address range");
2131 if (augmentation[0])
2133 if (any_lsda_needed)
2135 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
2137 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2139 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2140 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2141 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
2142 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2143 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2146 if (size_of_uleb128 (size) != 1)
2150 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
2152 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2154 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
2155 fde->funcdef_number);
2156 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2157 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
2158 "Language Specific Data Area");
2162 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2163 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2165 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
2166 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2170 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2173 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2175 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
2176 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2177 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
2179 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2180 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2181 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
2182 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2185 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
2186 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2187 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2188 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2189 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2190 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
2193 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2198 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2202 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2203 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2205 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2208 current_function_func_begin_label = 0;
2210 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2211 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2212 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2214 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
2215 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2218 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2222 function_section (current_function_decl);
2223 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2224 current_function_funcdef_no);
2225 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2226 current_function_funcdef_no);
2227 current_function_func_begin_label = get_identifier (label);
2229 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2230 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2231 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2235 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2236 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2238 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2239 fde_table = ggc_realloc (fde_table,
2240 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2241 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
2242 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2245 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2246 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2248 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2249 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2250 fde->dw_fde_begin = xstrdup (label);
2251 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
2252 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2253 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2254 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
2255 fde->nothrow = current_function_nothrow;
2256 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2257 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = cfun->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
2259 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2261 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2262 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2263 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2265 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2269 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2270 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2274 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2275 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2278 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2280 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2282 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
2283 current_function_funcdef_no);
2284 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2285 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2286 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2290 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2292 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2293 fde_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2294 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2295 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2297 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2298 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2300 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2301 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2302 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2303 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2308 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2310 /* Output call frame information. */
2311 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
2312 output_call_frame_info (0);
2314 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
2315 output_call_frame_info (1);
2319 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2320 for emitting location expressions. */
2322 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2323 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2324 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2327 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2328 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2329 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2330 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2332 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2333 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2334 implementation are listed below. */
2339 dw_val_class_offset,
2341 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2342 dw_val_class_range_list,
2344 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2345 dw_val_class_long_long,
2348 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2349 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2350 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2351 dw_val_class_lbl_offset,
2355 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2356 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2358 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct GTY(())
2365 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
2367 typedef struct dw_vec_struct GTY(())
2369 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
2375 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2376 represented internally. */
2378 typedef struct dw_val_struct GTY(())
2380 enum dw_val_class val_class;
2381 union dw_val_struct_union
2383 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
2384 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
2385 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
2386 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
2387 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default (""))) val_int;
2388 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
2389 dw_long_long_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long;
2390 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
2391 struct dw_val_die_union
2395 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
2396 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
2397 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
2398 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
2399 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
2401 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
2405 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2408 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct GTY(())
2410 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2411 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2412 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2413 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2418 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2419 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2420 their entire life. */
2421 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct GTY(())
2423 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2424 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2425 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2426 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2427 Only on head of list */
2428 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2429 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2432 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2434 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2435 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom,
2436 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
2437 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref);
2438 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2439 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2440 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2441 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2443 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2446 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
2451 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2452 return "DW_OP_addr";
2454 return "DW_OP_deref";
2456 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2458 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2460 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2462 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2464 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2466 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2468 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2470 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2472 return "DW_OP_constu";
2474 return "DW_OP_consts";
2478 return "DW_OP_drop";
2480 return "DW_OP_over";
2482 return "DW_OP_pick";
2484 return "DW_OP_swap";
2488 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2496 return "DW_OP_minus";
2508 return "DW_OP_plus";
2509 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2510 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2516 return "DW_OP_shra";
2534 return "DW_OP_skip";
2536 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2538 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2540 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2542 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2544 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2546 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2548 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2550 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2552 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2554 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2556 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2558 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2560 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2562 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2564 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2566 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2568 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2570 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2572 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2574 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2576 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2578 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2580 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2582 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2584 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2586 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2588 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2590 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2592 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2594 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2596 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2598 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2600 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2602 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2604 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2606 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2608 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2610 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2612 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2614 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2616 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2618 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2620 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2622 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2624 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2626 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2628 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2630 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2632 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2634 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2636 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2638 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2640 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2642 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2644 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2646 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2648 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2650 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2652 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2654 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2656 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2658 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2660 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2662 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2664 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2666 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2668 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2670 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2672 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2674 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2676 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2678 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2680 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2682 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2684 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2686 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2688 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2690 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2692 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2694 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2696 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2698 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2700 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2702 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2704 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2706 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2708 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2710 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2712 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2714 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2716 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2718 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2720 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2722 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2724 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2726 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2728 return "DW_OP_regx";
2730 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2732 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2734 return "DW_OP_piece";
2735 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2736 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2737 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2738 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2741 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
2742 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2744 return "DW_OP_call2";
2746 return "DW_OP_call4";
2747 case DW_OP_call_ref:
2748 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2749 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
2750 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2752 return "OP_<unknown>";
2756 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2757 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2758 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2760 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2761 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
2762 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
2764 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
2766 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
2767 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2768 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
2769 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2770 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
2776 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2779 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
2781 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
2783 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2784 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
2790 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2792 static unsigned long
2793 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
2795 unsigned long size = 1;
2797 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2800 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2801 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
2820 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2823 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2828 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2829 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2867 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2870 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2873 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2876 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2877 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
2880 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2882 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2883 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2892 case DW_OP_call_ref:
2893 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
2902 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2904 static unsigned long
2905 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
2909 for (size = 0; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
2911 loc->dw_loc_addr = size;
2912 size += size_of_loc_descr (loc);
2918 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2921 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
2923 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
2924 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
2926 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2928 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2930 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
2934 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2938 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2942 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG < 64)
2944 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2951 if (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc)
2952 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
2956 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
2969 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2970 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2971 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2972 only doing unwinding. */
2977 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2980 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2983 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2986 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2988 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2989 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3023 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3026 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3029 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3032 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3033 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
3036 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3038 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3039 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3040 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3043 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3044 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3045 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3047 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3054 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3059 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3062 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3064 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3066 /* Output the opcode. */
3067 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
3068 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
3070 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3071 output_loc_operands (loc);
3075 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3076 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3079 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3081 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3084 /* Output the size of the block. */
3085 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
3086 size = size_of_locs (loc);
3087 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
3089 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3090 output_loc_sequence (loc);
3093 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3094 a dw_cfa_location. */
3096 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
3097 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa)
3099 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
3101 if (cfa->indirect == 0)
3104 if (cfa->base_offset)
3107 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
3109 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
3111 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3112 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3114 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3116 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
3117 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
3118 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3119 if (cfa->offset != 0)
3121 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, cfa->offset, 0);
3122 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3128 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3129 descriptor sequence. */
3132 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
3134 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
3136 cfa->base_offset = 0;
3140 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
3142 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
3178 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
3181 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3215 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
3216 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3219 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3220 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
3225 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3226 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
3229 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3230 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
3234 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3236 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3237 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3239 /* .debug_str support. */
3240 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3242 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3243 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3244 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3245 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3246 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3247 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3248 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3249 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3250 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree);
3251 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
3252 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
3254 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3256 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3262 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3263 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3264 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3265 dwarf2out_end_block,
3266 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
3267 dwarf2out_source_line,
3268 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3269 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
3270 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3271 debug_nothing_tree, /* begin_function */
3272 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3273 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3274 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3275 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
3276 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3277 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3278 something tries to reference them. */
3279 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
3280 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
3281 debug_nothing_int /* handle_pch */
3285 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3286 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3287 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3289 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3290 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3291 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3292 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3294 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3295 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3297 typedef long int dw_offset;
3299 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3301 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3302 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3303 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3304 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3305 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
3307 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3308 line number associated with the label generated for that
3309 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3310 the line number entry. */
3312 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct GTY(())
3314 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3315 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3319 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3321 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct GTY(())
3323 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3324 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3325 unsigned long function;
3327 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3329 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3330 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3331 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3333 typedef struct dw_attr_struct GTY(())
3335 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3336 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next;
3337 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3341 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3343 typedef struct die_struct GTY(())
3345 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3347 dw_attr_ref die_attr;
3348 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3349 dw_die_ref die_child;
3351 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3352 dw_offset die_offset;
3353 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3358 /* The pubname structure */
3360 typedef struct pubname_struct GTY(())
3367 struct dw_ranges_struct GTY(())
3372 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3373 typedef struct limbo_die_struct GTY(())
3377 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3381 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3382 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3383 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3386 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3387 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3389 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3390 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3391 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3392 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3393 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3394 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3396 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3397 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3398 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3399 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3400 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3401 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3402 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3403 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3404 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3405 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3407 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3408 language, and compiler version. */
3410 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3411 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3412 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3414 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3415 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3417 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3418 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3419 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3420 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3421 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3423 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3424 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3425 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3426 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3427 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3428 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3430 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3431 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3432 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3433 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3435 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3439 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3440 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3441 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3443 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3444 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3446 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3447 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3449 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3450 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3451 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3452 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3453 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3455 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3456 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3457 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3458 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3461 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3462 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3464 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3465 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
3467 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3468 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table;
3469 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted;
3470 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index;
3472 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3473 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3474 number identifying each decl. */
3475 static GTY((length ("decl_die_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *decl_die_table;
3477 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3478 static GTY(()) unsigned decl_die_table_allocated;
3480 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3481 static GTY(()) unsigned decl_die_table_in_use;
3483 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3485 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3487 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3488 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3489 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3490 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3491 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3493 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3494 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3496 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3497 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3499 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3500 abbrev_die_table. */
3501 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3503 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3504 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3505 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3506 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3508 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3509 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3511 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3512 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3514 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3515 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3516 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3517 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3519 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3520 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3522 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3523 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3525 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3527 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3529 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3530 accessible names. */
3531 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table;
3533 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3534 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
3536 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3537 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
3539 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3541 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3543 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3544 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
3546 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3547 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
3549 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3550 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
3552 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3554 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3556 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3557 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
3559 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3560 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
3562 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3563 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
3565 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3567 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3569 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3570 static GTY(()) unsigned have_location_lists;
3572 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3573 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3574 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3576 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3577 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
3580 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3581 static GTY(()) int emitcount = 0;
3583 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3584 static GTY(()) int label_num;
3586 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3588 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3590 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx);
3591 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
3592 static int is_tagged_type (tree);
3593 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3594 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3595 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3597 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned);
3599 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (tree);
3600 static tree block_ultimate_origin (tree);
3601 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
3602 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
3603 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
3604 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3605 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
3606 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
3607 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
3608 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3609 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
3610 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned long,
3612 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
3613 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
3614 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3615 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3616 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3617 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
3618 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
3619 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
3620 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3621 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
3622 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
3623 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
3624 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3625 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
3626 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
3627 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3629 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
3630 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
3631 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
3632 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3633 static void add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3634 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3635 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3636 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3638 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
3639 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3640 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
3641 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
3642 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3643 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3644 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3645 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3646 static bool is_c_family (void);
3647 static bool is_cxx (void);
3648 static bool is_java (void);
3649 static bool is_fortran (void);
3650 static bool is_ada (void);
3651 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3652 static inline void free_die (dw_die_ref);
3653 static void remove_children (dw_die_ref);
3654 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3655 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
3656 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
3657 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3658 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
3659 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3660 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3661 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
3662 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
3663 static void reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref);
3664 static void reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
3665 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3666 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
3667 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
3668 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3669 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3670 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
3671 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *, dw_val_node *, int *);
3672 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
3673 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
3674 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3675 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
3676 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
3677 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
3678 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
3679 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
3680 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
3681 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
3682 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
3683 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
3684 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
3685 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
3686 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
3687 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
3688 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
3689 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
3690 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
3691 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
3692 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3693 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3694 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
3695 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
3696 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
3697 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
3698 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
3699 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
3700 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
3701 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
3702 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
3703 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
3704 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
3705 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
3706 static void output_pubnames (void);
3707 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
3708 static void output_aranges (void);
3709 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree);
3710 static void output_ranges (void);
3711 static void output_line_info (void);
3712 static void output_file_names (void);
3713 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
3714 static tree root_type (tree);
3715 static int is_base_type (tree);
3716 static bool is_subrange_type (tree);
3717 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3718 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
3719 static int type_is_enum (tree);
3720 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (rtx);
3721 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx);
3722 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
3723 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
3724 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
3725 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
3726 static int is_based_loc (rtx);
3727 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode);
3728 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
3729 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx);
3730 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree, int);
3731 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
3732 static tree field_type (tree);
3733 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree);
3734 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree);
3735 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (tree);
3736 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (tree);
3737 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3739 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3740 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
3741 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
3742 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
3743 static void insert_float (rtx, unsigned char *);
3744 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
3745 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3746 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3747 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
3748 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
3749 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
3750 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree);
3751 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3752 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3753 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3754 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3755 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3756 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3757 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
3758 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
3759 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
3760 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
3761 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
3762 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
3763 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
3764 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
3765 static const char *type_tag (tree);
3766 static tree member_declared_type (tree);
3768 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
3770 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3771 static void gen_set_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3773 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3775 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3776 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3777 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3778 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3779 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3780 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3781 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3782 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3783 static void gen_variable_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3784 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3785 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3786 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3787 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3788 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3789 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
3790 static void gen_string_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3791 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3792 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3793 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3794 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3795 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3796 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3797 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3798 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3799 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3800 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree);
3801 static void gen_namespace_die (tree);
3802 static void gen_decl_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3803 static dw_die_ref force_namespace_die (tree);
3804 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
3805 static void declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
3806 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
3807 static void init_file_table (void);
3808 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
3809 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3810 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3811 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
3812 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
3813 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
3814 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref,
3815 const char *, const char *,
3817 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
3818 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
3820 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3821 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
3822 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
3823 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
3824 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
3825 static void prune_unused_types (void);
3826 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
3828 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3829 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3830 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3832 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3833 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3835 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3836 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3838 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3839 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3841 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3842 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3844 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3845 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3847 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3848 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3850 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3851 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3853 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3854 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3857 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3858 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3859 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3862 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3863 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3864 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
3865 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
3868 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3869 the section names themselves. */
3871 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3872 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3874 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3875 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3877 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3878 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3880 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3881 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3883 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3884 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3886 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3887 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3889 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3890 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3893 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3894 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3895 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3896 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3897 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3899 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3900 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3901 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3902 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3903 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3904 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3905 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3906 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3908 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3909 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3911 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3912 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3914 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3915 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3917 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3918 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3920 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3921 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3924 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3925 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3927 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
3930 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
3932 demangle_name_func = func;
3935 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3938 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl)
3940 return ((GET_CODE (rtl) == REG && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3941 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
3942 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
3945 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3949 type_main_variant (tree type)
3951 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3953 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
3954 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
3955 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
3956 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
3958 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
3959 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
3960 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3965 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3968 is_tagged_type (tree type)
3970 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
3972 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
3973 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
3976 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
3979 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
3983 case DW_TAG_padding:
3984 return "DW_TAG_padding";
3985 case DW_TAG_array_type:
3986 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
3987 case DW_TAG_class_type:
3988 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
3989 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
3990 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
3991 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
3992 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
3993 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
3994 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
3995 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
3996 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
3998 return "DW_TAG_label";
3999 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
4000 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4002 return "DW_TAG_member";
4003 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
4004 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4005 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
4006 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4007 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
4008 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4009 case DW_TAG_string_type:
4010 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4011 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
4012 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4013 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
4014 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4015 case DW_TAG_typedef:
4016 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4017 case DW_TAG_union_type:
4018 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4019 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
4020 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4021 case DW_TAG_variant:
4022 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4023 case DW_TAG_common_block:
4024 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4025 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
4026 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4027 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
4028 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4029 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
4030 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4032 return "DW_TAG_module";
4033 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
4034 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4035 case DW_TAG_set_type:
4036 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4037 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
4038 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4039 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
4040 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4041 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
4042 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4043 case DW_TAG_base_type:
4044 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4045 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
4046 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4047 case DW_TAG_const_type:
4048 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4049 case DW_TAG_constant:
4050 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4051 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
4052 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4053 case DW_TAG_file_type:
4054 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4056 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4057 case DW_TAG_namelist:
4058 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4059 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
4060 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4061 case DW_TAG_namespace:
4062 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4063 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
4064 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4065 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
4066 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4067 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
4068 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4069 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
4070 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4071 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
4072 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4073 case DW_TAG_try_block:
4074 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4075 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
4076 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4077 case DW_TAG_variable:
4078 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4079 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
4080 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4081 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
4082 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4083 case DW_TAG_format_label:
4084 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4085 case DW_TAG_function_template:
4086 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4087 case DW_TAG_class_template:
4088 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4089 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
4090 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4091 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
4092 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4094 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4098 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4101 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
4106 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4107 case DW_AT_location:
4108 return "DW_AT_location";
4110 return "DW_AT_name";
4111 case DW_AT_ordering:
4112 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4113 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
4114 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4115 case DW_AT_byte_size:
4116 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4117 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
4118 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4119 case DW_AT_bit_size:
4120 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4121 case DW_AT_element_list:
4122 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4123 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
4124 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4126 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4128 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4129 case DW_AT_language:
4130 return "DW_AT_language";
4132 return "DW_AT_member";
4134 return "DW_AT_discr";
4135 case DW_AT_discr_value:
4136 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4137 case DW_AT_visibility:
4138 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4140 return "DW_AT_import";
4141 case DW_AT_string_length:
4142 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4143 case DW_AT_common_reference:
4144 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4145 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
4146 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4147 case DW_AT_const_value:
4148 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4149 case DW_AT_containing_type:
4150 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4151 case DW_AT_default_value:
4152 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4154 return "DW_AT_inline";
4155 case DW_AT_is_optional:
4156 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4157 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
4158 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4159 case DW_AT_producer:
4160 return "DW_AT_producer";
4161 case DW_AT_prototyped:
4162 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4163 case DW_AT_return_addr:
4164 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4165 case DW_AT_start_scope:
4166 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4167 case DW_AT_stride_size:
4168 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4169 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
4170 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4171 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
4172 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4173 case DW_AT_accessibility:
4174 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4175 case DW_AT_address_class:
4176 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4177 case DW_AT_artificial:
4178 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4179 case DW_AT_base_types:
4180 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4181 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
4182 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4184 return "DW_AT_count";
4185 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
4186 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4187 case DW_AT_decl_column:
4188 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4189 case DW_AT_decl_file:
4190 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4191 case DW_AT_decl_line:
4192 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4193 case DW_AT_declaration:
4194 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4195 case DW_AT_discr_list:
4196 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4197 case DW_AT_encoding:
4198 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4199 case DW_AT_external:
4200 return "DW_AT_external";
4201 case DW_AT_frame_base:
4202 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4204 return "DW_AT_friend";
4205 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
4206 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4207 case DW_AT_macro_info:
4208 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4209 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
4210 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4211 case DW_AT_priority:
4212 return "DW_AT_priority";
4214 return "DW_AT_segment";
4215 case DW_AT_specification:
4216 return "DW_AT_specification";
4217 case DW_AT_static_link:
4218 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4220 return "DW_AT_type";
4221 case DW_AT_use_location:
4222 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4223 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4224 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4225 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4226 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4227 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4228 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4230 case DW_AT_allocated:
4231 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4232 case DW_AT_associated:
4233 return "DW_AT_associated";
4234 case DW_AT_data_location:
4235 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4237 return "DW_AT_stride";
4238 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4239 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4240 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4241 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4242 case DW_AT_extension:
4243 return "DW_AT_extension";
4245 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4246 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4247 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4248 case DW_AT_call_column:
4249 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4250 case DW_AT_call_file:
4251 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4252 case DW_AT_call_line:
4253 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4255 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4256 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4257 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4258 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4259 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4260 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4261 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4262 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4263 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4264 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4265 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4266 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4267 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4268 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4269 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4270 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4271 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4272 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4273 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4274 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4275 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4276 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4278 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4279 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4280 case DW_AT_src_info:
4281 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4282 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4283 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4284 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4285 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4286 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4287 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4288 case DW_AT_body_end:
4289 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4290 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
4291 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4293 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
4294 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4297 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4301 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4304 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
4309 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4310 case DW_FORM_block2:
4311 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4312 case DW_FORM_block4:
4313 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4315 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4317 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4319 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4320 case DW_FORM_string:
4321 return "DW_FORM_string";
4323 return "DW_FORM_block";
4324 case DW_FORM_block1:
4325 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4327 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4329 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4331 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4333 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4335 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4336 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4337 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4339 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4341 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4343 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4345 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4346 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4347 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4348 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4349 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4351 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4355 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4359 dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned enc)
4363 case DW_ATE_address:
4364 return "DW_ATE_address";
4365 case DW_ATE_boolean:
4366 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4367 case DW_ATE_complex_float:
4368 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4370 return "DW_ATE_float";
4372 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4373 case DW_ATE_signed_char:
4374 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4375 case DW_ATE_unsigned:
4376 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4377 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char:
4378 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4380 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4385 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4386 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4387 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4388 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4392 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl)
4394 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4395 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4396 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4397 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4400 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4401 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)))
4402 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4403 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4407 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4410 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4411 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4412 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4413 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4417 block_ultimate_origin (tree block)
4419 tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4421 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4422 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4423 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4424 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4427 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4432 tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4436 ret_val = lookahead;
4437 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK
4438 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val) : NULL);
4440 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4446 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4447 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4451 decl_class_context (tree decl)
4453 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4455 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4456 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4458 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4459 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4461 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4462 context = NULL_TREE;
4467 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4468 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4471 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
4473 if (die != NULL && attr != NULL)
4475 attr->dw_attr_next = die->die_attr;
4476 die->die_attr = attr;
4480 static inline enum dw_val_class
4481 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
4483 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4486 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4489 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
4491 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4493 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4494 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4495 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4496 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4497 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4500 static inline unsigned
4501 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
4503 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag)
4504 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4509 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4512 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
4514 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4516 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4517 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4518 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4519 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4520 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4523 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4524 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
4526 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const)
4527 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4532 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4535 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4536 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
4538 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4540 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4541 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4542 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4543 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4544 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4547 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4548 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
4550 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
4551 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4556 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4559 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4560 long unsigned int val_hi, long unsigned int val_low)
4562 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4564 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4565 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4566 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
4567 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
4568 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
4569 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4572 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4575 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4576 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
4578 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4580 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4581 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4582 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
4583 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
4584 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
4585 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
4586 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4589 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4592 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
4594 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
4598 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
4600 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
4601 (const char *)x2) == 0;
4604 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4607 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
4609 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4610 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4613 if (! debug_str_hash)
4614 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
4615 debug_str_eq, NULL);
4617 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
4618 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
4620 *slot = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
4621 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
4622 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
4625 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4626 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4627 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
4628 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
4629 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4632 static inline const char *
4633 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
4635 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
4636 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
4641 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4642 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4645 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
4647 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
4649 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4653 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
4657 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
4659 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4660 always better to put it inline. */
4661 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
4662 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4664 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4665 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4667 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
4668 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)
4669 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4671 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
4672 ++dw2_string_counter;
4673 node->label = xstrdup (label);
4675 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
4681 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4684 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4686 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4688 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4689 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4690 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
4691 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
4692 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
4693 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4696 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
4697 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
4700 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4702 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
4703 if (targ_die->die_definition)
4705 targ_die->die_definition = die;
4708 static inline dw_die_ref
4709 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
4711 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4712 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
4718 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
4720 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4721 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
4727 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
4729 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4730 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
4735 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4738 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
4740 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4742 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4743 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4744 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
4745 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
4746 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4749 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4752 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4754 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4756 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4757 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4758 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
4759 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
4760 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4763 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4764 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
4766 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc)
4767 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
4773 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
4775 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4777 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4778 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4779 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
4780 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
4781 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4782 have_location_lists = 1;
4785 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4786 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
4788 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
4789 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
4794 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4797 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
4799 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4801 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4802 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4803 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
4804 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
4805 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4809 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
4811 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr)
4812 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
4817 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4820 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
4822 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4824 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4825 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4826 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
4827 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
4828 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4831 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4834 add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *label)
4836 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4838 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4839 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4840 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_offset;
4841 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
4842 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4845 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4848 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4849 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4851 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4853 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4854 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4855 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
4856 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
4857 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4860 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4863 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4864 long unsigned int offset)
4866 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4868 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4869 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4870 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
4871 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
4872 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4875 static inline const char *
4876 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
4878 if (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4879 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset))
4880 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
4885 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4888 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4891 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
4895 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
4896 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4898 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
4899 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
4903 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
4909 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4910 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4911 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4913 static inline const char *
4914 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
4916 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
4918 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
4921 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4922 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4923 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4925 static inline const char *
4926 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
4928 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
4930 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
4933 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4934 NULL if it is not present. */
4936 static inline const char *
4937 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4939 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4941 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
4944 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4945 if it is not present. */
4948 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4950 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4952 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
4955 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4956 if it is not present. */
4958 static inline unsigned
4959 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4961 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4963 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
4966 static inline dw_die_ref
4967 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4969 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4971 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
4974 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
4979 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
4981 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89
4982 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
4985 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
4990 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
4991 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
4994 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
4999 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5001 return lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90;
5004 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5009 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5011 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
5014 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5019 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5021 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
5024 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5026 static inline void free_AT (dw_attr_ref);
5028 free_AT (dw_attr_ref a)
5030 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
5031 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
5032 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
5035 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5038 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5041 dw_attr_ref removed = NULL;
5045 for (p = &(die->die_attr); *p; p = &((*p)->dw_attr_next))
5046 if ((*p)->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5049 *p = (*p)->dw_attr_next;
5058 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5061 free_die (dw_die_ref die)
5063 remove_children (die);
5066 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5069 remove_children (dw_die_ref die)
5071 dw_die_ref child_die = die->die_child;
5073 die->die_child = NULL;
5075 while (child_die != NULL)
5077 dw_die_ref tmp_die = child_die;
5080 child_die = child_die->die_sib;
5082 for (a = tmp_die->die_attr; a != NULL;)
5084 dw_attr_ref tmp_a = a;
5086 a = a->dw_attr_next;
5094 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5095 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5098 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
5100 if (die != NULL && child_die != NULL)
5102 if (die == child_die)
5105 child_die->die_parent = die;
5106 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child;
5107 die->die_child = child_die;
5111 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5112 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5115 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
5119 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5120 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5121 if (child->die_parent != parent)
5123 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
5129 if (child->die_parent != parent
5130 && child->die_parent != get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification))
5133 for (p = &(child->die_parent->die_child); *p; p = &((*p)->die_sib))
5136 *p = child->die_sib;
5140 child->die_parent = parent;
5141 child->die_sib = parent->die_child;
5142 parent->die_child = child;
5145 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5147 static inline dw_die_ref
5148 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
5150 dw_die_ref die = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node));
5152 die->die_tag = tag_value;
5154 if (parent_die != NULL)
5155 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
5158 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
5160 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
5161 limbo_node->die = die;
5162 limbo_node->created_for = t;
5163 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
5164 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
5170 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5172 static inline dw_die_ref
5173 lookup_type_die (tree type)
5175 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
5178 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5181 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
5183 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
5186 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5188 static inline dw_die_ref
5189 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
5191 unsigned decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5193 return (decl_id < decl_die_table_in_use ? decl_die_table[decl_id] : NULL);
5196 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5199 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
5201 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5202 unsigned int num_allocated;
5204 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_allocated)
5207 = ((decl_id + 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT - 1)
5208 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT)
5209 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
5211 decl_die_table = ggc_realloc (decl_die_table,
5212 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * num_allocated);
5214 memset (&decl_die_table[decl_die_table_allocated], 0,
5215 (num_allocated - decl_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
5216 decl_die_table_allocated = num_allocated;
5219 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_in_use)
5220 decl_die_table_in_use = (decl_id + 1);
5222 decl_die_table[decl_id] = decl_die;
5225 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5226 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5227 the DIE internal representation. */
5228 static int print_indent;
5230 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5233 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
5235 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5238 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5239 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5242 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
5247 print_spaces (outfile);
5248 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5249 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5250 print_spaces (outfile);
5251 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5252 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
5254 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5256 print_spaces (outfile);
5257 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5259 switch (AT_class (a))
5261 case dw_val_class_addr:
5262 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5264 case dw_val_class_offset:
5265 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5267 case dw_val_class_loc:
5268 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5270 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5271 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5272 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5274 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5275 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5277 case dw_val_class_const:
5278 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
5280 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5281 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
5283 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5284 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5285 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5286 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5288 case dw_val_class_vec:
5289 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
5291 case dw_val_class_flag:
5292 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5294 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5295 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5297 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5298 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5300 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5303 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5305 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5306 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5307 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5309 case dw_val_class_str:
5310 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5311 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5313 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5319 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5322 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5325 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5326 print_die (c, outfile);
5330 if (print_indent == 0)
5331 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5334 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5335 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5338 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
5341 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5343 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5344 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
5346 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5347 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: ", i);
5348 fprintf (outfile, "%-20s",
5349 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, line_info->dw_file_num));
5350 fprintf (outfile, "%6ld", line_info->dw_line_num);
5351 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5354 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5357 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5360 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
5362 print_die (die, stderr);
5365 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5366 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5372 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5373 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5374 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5377 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5378 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5379 they are in order of addition. */
5382 reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref die)
5384 dw_die_ref c, cp, cn;
5385 dw_attr_ref a, ap, an;
5387 for (a = die->die_attr, ap = 0; a; a = an)
5389 an = a->dw_attr_next;
5390 a->dw_attr_next = ap;
5396 for (c = die->die_child, cp = 0; c; c = cn)
5403 die->die_child = cp;
5406 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5407 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5408 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5409 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5410 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5413 reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
5417 reverse_die_lists (die);
5419 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5420 reverse_all_dies (c);
5423 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5424 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5425 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5428 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
5430 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5431 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5433 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5437 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5440 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
5442 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5444 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5448 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5449 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5451 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5454 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5456 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5457 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5458 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5461 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5464 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5466 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5469 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
5471 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5472 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5473 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5474 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5475 || at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5478 switch (AT_class (at))
5480 case dw_val_class_const:
5481 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5483 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5484 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5486 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5487 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
5489 case dw_val_class_vec:
5490 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
5492 case dw_val_class_flag:
5493 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5495 case dw_val_class_str:
5496 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
5499 case dw_val_class_addr:
5501 switch (GET_CODE (r))
5504 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5512 case dw_val_class_offset:
5513 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
5516 case dw_val_class_loc:
5517 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5518 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5521 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5522 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
5525 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5526 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5527 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5535 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5538 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5543 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5546 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
5549 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5551 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
5553 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5554 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
5556 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5557 die_checksum (c, ctx, mark);
5561 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5563 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5565 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
5567 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
5568 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
5569 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
5572 /* Do the values look the same? */
5574 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *v1, dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
5576 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
5579 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
5582 switch (v1->val_class)
5584 case dw_val_class_const:
5585 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
5586 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5587 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
5588 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5589 return v1->v.val_long_long.hi == v2->v.val_long_long.hi
5590 && v1->v.val_long_long.low == v2->v.val_long_long.low;
5591 case dw_val_class_vec:
5592 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
5593 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
5595 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
5596 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
5599 case dw_val_class_flag:
5600 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
5601 case dw_val_class_str:
5602 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
5604 case dw_val_class_addr:
5605 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
5606 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
5607 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
5609 switch (GET_CODE (r1))
5612 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1, 0), XSTR (r2, 0));
5618 case dw_val_class_offset:
5619 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
5621 case dw_val_class_loc:
5622 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
5624 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
5625 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
5627 return !loc1 && !loc2;
5629 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5630 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
5632 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5633 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5634 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5642 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5645 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
5647 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
5650 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5651 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5652 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5653 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5654 || at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5657 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
5660 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5663 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
5668 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5670 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
5671 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5673 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
5676 for (a1 = die1->die_attr, a2 = die2->die_attr;
5678 a1 = a1->dw_attr_next, a2 = a2->dw_attr_next)
5679 if (!same_attr_p (a1, a2, mark))
5684 for (c1 = die1->die_child, c2 = die2->die_child;
5686 c1 = c1->die_sib, c2 = c2->die_sib)
5687 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
5695 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5698 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
5701 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
5703 unmark_all_dies (die1);
5704 unmark_all_dies (die2);
5709 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5711 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
5713 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5714 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
5716 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5717 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5720 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
5722 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
5723 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
5724 char *name = alloca (strlen (base) + 64);
5727 unsigned char checksum[16];
5730 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5731 the name filename of the unit. */
5733 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
5735 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
5736 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
5737 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
5739 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
5740 clean_symbol_name (name);
5742 p = name + strlen (name);
5743 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
5745 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
5749 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
5750 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
5753 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5756 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
5758 switch (die->die_tag)
5760 case DW_TAG_array_type:
5761 case DW_TAG_class_type:
5762 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
5763 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
5764 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
5765 case DW_TAG_string_type:
5766 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
5767 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
5768 case DW_TAG_union_type:
5769 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
5770 case DW_TAG_set_type:
5771 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
5772 case DW_TAG_base_type:
5773 case DW_TAG_const_type:
5774 case DW_TAG_file_type:
5775 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
5776 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
5777 case DW_TAG_typedef:
5784 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5785 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5786 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5787 compilations (functions). */
5790 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
5792 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
5793 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
5794 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
5795 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5797 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
5800 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
5801 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
5802 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
5803 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
5805 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
5807 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
5810 return is_type_die (c);
5813 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5814 compilation unit. */
5817 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
5819 return (is_type_die (c)
5820 || (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
5821 && !get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification)));
5825 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
5829 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
5830 return xstrdup (buf);
5833 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5836 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
5840 if (is_symbol_die (die))
5842 if (comdat_symbol_id)
5844 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
5846 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
5847 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
5848 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
5851 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
5854 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5855 assign_symbol_names (c);
5858 struct cu_hash_table_entry
5861 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
5862 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
5865 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
5867 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
5869 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry = of;
5871 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_symbol);
5875 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
5877 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry1 = of1;
5878 const struct die_struct *entry2 = of2;
5880 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_symbol, entry2->die_symbol);
5884 htab_cu_del (void *what)
5886 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next, *entry = what;
5896 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
5899 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
5901 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
5902 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
5904 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
5906 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
5907 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
5911 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
5913 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
5919 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
5923 entry = xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry));
5925 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
5926 entry->next = *slot;
5932 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
5934 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
5936 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
5938 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
5939 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
5943 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
5946 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
5947 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
5948 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
5951 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
5954 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
5955 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
5956 htab_t cu_hash_table;
5958 for (ptr = &(die->die_child); *ptr;)
5960 dw_die_ref c = *ptr;
5962 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
5963 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
5965 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
5968 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
5970 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
5973 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
5975 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
5979 add_child_die (unit, c);
5983 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
5984 ptr = &(c->die_sib);
5990 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
5991 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
5996 assign_symbol_names (die);
5997 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
5998 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
6004 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
6005 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6006 &comdat_symbol_number);
6007 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
6009 *pnode = node->next;
6012 pnode = &node->next;
6013 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6014 comdat_symbol_number);
6017 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
6020 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6021 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6022 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6025 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
6029 if (die->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
6030 && die->die_sib && die->die_child != NULL)
6031 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6032 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
6034 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6035 add_sibling_attributes (c);
6038 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6041 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
6046 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6047 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
6048 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr));
6050 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6051 output_location_lists (c);
6055 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6056 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6057 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6058 die are visited recursively. */
6061 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
6063 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6064 unsigned int n_alloc;
6066 dw_attr_ref d_attr, a_attr;
6068 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6069 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6070 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6071 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6072 && AT_ref (d_attr)->die_mark == 0)
6074 if (AT_ref (d_attr)->die_symbol == 0)
6077 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr, 1);
6080 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6082 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6084 if (abbrev->die_tag == die->die_tag)
6086 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) == (die->die_child != NULL))
6088 a_attr = abbrev->die_attr;
6089 d_attr = die->die_attr;
6091 while (a_attr != NULL && d_attr != NULL)
6093 if ((a_attr->dw_attr != d_attr->dw_attr)
6094 || (value_format (a_attr) != value_format (d_attr)))
6097 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next;
6098 d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next;
6101 if (a_attr == NULL && d_attr == NULL)
6107 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
6109 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
6111 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6112 abbrev_die_table = ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table,
6113 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
6115 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
6116 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6117 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
6120 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
6121 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
6124 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
6125 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6126 build_abbrev_table (c);
6129 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6132 constant_size (long unsigned int value)
6139 log = floor_log2 (value);
6142 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
6147 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6148 .debug_info section. */
6150 static unsigned long
6151 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
6153 unsigned long size = 0;
6156 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
6157 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6159 switch (AT_class (a))
6161 case dw_val_class_addr:
6162 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6164 case dw_val_class_offset:
6165 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6167 case dw_val_class_loc:
6169 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6172 size += constant_size (lsize);
6176 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6177 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6179 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6180 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6182 case dw_val_class_const:
6183 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
6185 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6186 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
6188 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6189 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
6191 case dw_val_class_vec:
6192 size += 1 + (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
6193 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size); /* block */
6195 case dw_val_class_flag:
6198 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6199 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6200 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6202 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6204 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6205 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6207 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6208 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6210 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6211 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6213 case dw_val_class_str:
6214 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6215 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6217 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
6227 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6228 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6229 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6230 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6233 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
6237 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
6238 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
6240 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6243 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6244 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6245 next_die_offset += 1;
6248 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6249 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6250 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6251 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6254 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6262 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6266 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6269 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6277 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6281 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6284 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6293 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6294 unmark_all_dies (c);
6296 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6297 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
6298 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
6301 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6302 compilation unit. */
6304 static unsigned long
6305 size_of_pubnames (void)
6310 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
6311 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
6313 pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
6314 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + strlen (p->name) + 1;
6317 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6321 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6323 static unsigned long
6324 size_of_aranges (void)
6328 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
6330 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6331 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6332 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
6334 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6335 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6339 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6341 static enum dwarf_form
6342 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6344 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
6346 case dw_val_class_addr:
6347 return DW_FORM_addr;
6348 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6349 case dw_val_class_offset:
6350 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
6351 return DW_FORM_data4;
6352 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8)
6353 return DW_FORM_data8;
6355 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6356 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6357 .debug_loc section */
6358 return DW_FORM_data4;
6359 case dw_val_class_loc:
6360 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
6363 return DW_FORM_block1;
6365 return DW_FORM_block2;
6369 case dw_val_class_const:
6370 return DW_FORM_sdata;
6371 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6372 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
6375 return DW_FORM_data1;
6377 return DW_FORM_data2;
6379 return DW_FORM_data4;
6381 return DW_FORM_data8;
6385 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6386 return DW_FORM_block1;
6387 case dw_val_class_vec:
6388 return DW_FORM_block1;
6389 case dw_val_class_flag:
6390 return DW_FORM_flag;
6391 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6392 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6393 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
6396 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6397 return DW_FORM_data;
6398 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6399 return DW_FORM_addr;
6400 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6401 return DW_FORM_data;
6402 case dw_val_class_str:
6403 return AT_string_form (a);
6410 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6413 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6415 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
6417 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
6420 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6424 output_abbrev_section (void)
6426 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6430 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6432 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6434 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
6435 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
6436 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
6438 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
6439 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
6441 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
6443 for (a_attr = abbrev->die_attr; a_attr != NULL;
6444 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next)
6446 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
6447 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
6448 output_value_format (a_attr);
6451 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6452 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6455 /* Terminate the table. */
6456 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6459 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6462 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
6464 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
6469 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
6470 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6471 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6473 (*targetm.asm_out.globalize_label) (asm_out_file, sym);
6475 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
6478 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6479 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6480 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6482 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6483 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
6484 const char *section, unsigned int gensym)
6486 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
6488 retlist->begin = begin;
6490 retlist->expr = expr;
6491 retlist->section = section;
6493 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6498 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6501 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr,
6502 const char *begin, const char *end,
6503 const char *section)
6507 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6508 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
6511 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6512 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
6515 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6518 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
6520 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
6522 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
6524 /* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
6525 compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
6526 in more than one section. */
6527 if (strcmp (curr->section, ".text") == 0)
6529 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
6530 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0,
6531 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
6532 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->section,
6533 "Location list base address specifier base");
6536 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
6540 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
6541 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6542 list_head->ll_symbol);
6543 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
6544 "Location list end address (%s)",
6545 list_head->ll_symbol);
6546 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
6548 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6551 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
6553 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
6556 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0,
6557 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6558 list_head->ll_symbol);
6559 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0,
6560 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6561 list_head->ll_symbol);
6564 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6565 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6568 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
6574 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6575 them to point to. */
6576 if (die->die_symbol)
6577 output_die_symbol (die);
6579 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6580 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
6582 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6584 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
6586 switch (AT_class (a))
6588 case dw_val_class_addr:
6589 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
6592 case dw_val_class_offset:
6593 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
6597 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6599 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
6601 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
6602 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
6603 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
6609 case dw_val_class_loc:
6610 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6612 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6613 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
6615 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
6618 case dw_val_class_const:
6619 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6620 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6621 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6622 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
6625 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6626 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
6627 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
6630 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6632 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
6634 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6635 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6638 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
6640 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6641 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6645 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6646 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6649 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6650 first, "long long constant");
6651 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6656 case dw_val_class_vec:
6658 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
6659 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
6663 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len * elt_size, "%s", name);
6664 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
6669 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
6672 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
6673 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
6677 case dw_val_class_flag:
6678 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
6681 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6683 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
6687 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym,
6688 loc_section_label, "%s", name);
6692 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6693 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6695 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
6699 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
6701 else if (AT_ref (a)->die_offset == 0)
6704 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
6708 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6712 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
6713 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
6714 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, "%s", name);
6718 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6719 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6722 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6723 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6726 case dw_val_class_str:
6727 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6728 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
6729 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
6730 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
6732 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
6740 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6743 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6744 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6745 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6749 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6750 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6753 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
6755 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
6756 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6757 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6758 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
6759 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
6760 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6761 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
6762 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
6763 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6764 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6767 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6770 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
6772 const char *secname;
6775 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
6776 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
6779 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
6780 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
6781 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
6782 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
6783 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6786 build_abbrev_table (die);
6788 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6789 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
6790 calc_die_sizes (die);
6792 oldsym = die->die_symbol;
6795 tmp = alloca (strlen (oldsym) + 24);
6797 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
6799 die->die_symbol = NULL;
6802 secname = (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION;
6804 /* Output debugging information. */
6805 named_section_flags (secname, SECTION_DEBUG);
6806 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6809 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6814 die->die_symbol = oldsym;
6818 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
6819 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
6820 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
6823 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
6825 return (*lang_hooks.decl_printable_name) (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
6828 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
6831 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
6835 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
6838 if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
6840 pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6842 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table,
6843 (pubname_table_allocated * sizeof (pubname_entry)));
6844 memset (pubname_table + pubname_table_in_use, 0,
6845 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (pubname_entry));
6848 p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
6850 p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
6853 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
6854 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
6855 visible procedures. */
6858 output_pubnames (void)
6861 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
6863 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
6864 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6865 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6866 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
6867 "Length of Public Names Info");
6868 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
6869 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
6870 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6871 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
6872 "Compilation Unit Length");
6874 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
6876 pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
6878 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6879 if (pub->die->die_mark == 0)
6882 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
6885 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
6888 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6891 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
6894 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
6896 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
6899 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
6901 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6902 arange_table = ggc_realloc (arange_table,
6903 (arange_table_allocated
6904 * sizeof (dw_die_ref)));
6905 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
6906 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6909 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
6912 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
6913 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
6914 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
6917 output_aranges (void)
6920 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
6922 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
6923 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6924 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6925 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
6926 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
6927 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
6928 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
6929 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6930 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
6931 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
6933 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
6934 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
6936 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
6938 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
6939 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
6940 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
6941 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
6944 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
6945 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
6946 text_section_label, "Length");
6948 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
6950 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
6952 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6953 if (die->die_mark == 0)
6956 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
6958 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
6960 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
6961 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
6965 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
6966 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
6967 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
6968 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
6969 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
6971 if (! a || AT_class (a) != dw_val_class_loc)
6975 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_addr)
6978 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
6979 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
6980 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
6981 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
6986 /* Output the terminator words. */
6987 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6988 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6991 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
6995 add_ranges (tree block)
6997 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
6999 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
7001 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7003 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
7004 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
7005 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
7006 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
7009 ranges_table[in_use].block_num = (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
7010 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
7012 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7016 output_ranges (void)
7019 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
7020 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
7022 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
7024 int block_num = ranges_table[i].block_num;
7028 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7029 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7031 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
7032 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
7034 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7035 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7036 base of the text section. */
7037 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
7039 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7041 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7042 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
7043 text_section_label, NULL);
7046 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7047 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7048 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7049 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7052 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7053 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7054 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
7061 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7062 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7068 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7071 char *path; /* Complete file name. */
7072 char *fname; /* File name part. */
7073 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
7074 int file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
7075 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
7078 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7082 char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
7083 int length; /* Path length. */
7084 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7085 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7086 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7087 int used; /* Used in the end? */
7090 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7091 the directories in the path. */
7094 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
7096 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
7097 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
7101 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7102 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7103 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7104 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7105 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7106 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
7107 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
7109 cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
7110 cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
7116 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7117 if ((cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
7118 || (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname))
7119 return ((cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
7120 - (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname));
7122 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7123 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
7128 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7129 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7130 slowdowns with many input files. */
7133 output_file_names (void)
7135 struct file_info *files;
7136 struct dir_info *dirs;
7145 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7146 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) <= 1)
7148 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7149 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7153 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7154 files = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct file_info));
7155 dirs = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct dir_info));
7157 /* Sort the file names. */
7158 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7162 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7163 f = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i);
7164 while (f[0] == '.' && f[1] == '/')
7167 /* Create a new array entry. */
7169 files[i].length = strlen (f);
7170 files[i].file_idx = i;
7172 /* Search for the file name part. */
7173 f = strrchr (f, '/');
7174 files[i].fname = f == NULL ? files[i].path : f + 1;
7177 qsort (files + 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) - 1,
7178 sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
7180 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7181 dirs[0].path = files[1].path;
7182 dirs[0].length = files[1].fname - files[1].path;
7183 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
7185 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
7187 files[1].dir_idx = 0;
7190 for (i = 2; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7191 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
7192 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
7193 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
7195 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7196 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
7197 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
7203 /* This is a new directory. */
7204 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
7205 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
7206 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
7207 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
7208 dirs[ndirs].used = 0;
7209 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
7211 /* Search for a prefix. */
7212 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
7213 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
7214 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
7215 && dirs[j].length > 1
7216 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
7217 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
7218 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
7219 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
7224 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7225 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7226 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7227 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7228 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7229 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7230 saved = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7231 savehere = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7233 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
7234 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
7239 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7240 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7241 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
7242 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
7244 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
7247 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
7249 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7254 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
7259 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7260 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7262 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
7263 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
7268 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7270 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
7272 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7273 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
7274 if (savehere[j] > 0)
7276 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7277 saved[j] = savehere[j];
7279 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7280 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
7285 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7286 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7287 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7288 backmap = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (int));
7289 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7291 backmap[files[i].file_idx] = i;
7293 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7294 dirs[dirs[files[i].dir_idx].dir_idx].used = 1;
7297 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7298 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7299 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7300 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7301 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7303 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
7304 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
7305 if (dirs[i].used != 0)
7307 dirs[i].used = idx++;
7308 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
7309 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs[i].used);
7312 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7314 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7316 if (idx_offset == 0)
7319 /* Now write all the file names. */
7320 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7322 int file_idx = backmap[i];
7323 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
7325 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
7326 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i);
7328 /* Include directory index. */
7329 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs[dir_idx].used, NULL);
7331 /* Modification time. */
7332 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7334 /* File length in bytes. */
7335 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7338 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7342 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7343 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7346 output_line_info (void)
7348 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
7349 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7350 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7353 unsigned long lt_index;
7354 unsigned long current_line;
7357 unsigned long current_file;
7358 unsigned long function;
7360 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
7361 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
7362 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
7363 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
7365 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7366 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7367 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7368 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
7369 "Length of Source Line Info");
7370 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
7372 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7373 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
7374 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
7376 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7377 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7378 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7379 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7380 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7381 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7382 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7383 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7384 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7385 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7387 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
7388 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7389 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
7390 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7391 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
7392 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7393 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
7394 "Special Opcode Base");
7396 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
7400 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
7401 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
7402 case DW_LNS_set_file:
7403 case DW_LNS_set_column:
7404 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
7412 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7416 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7417 output_file_names ();
7418 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
7420 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7421 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7422 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7424 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7425 a series of state machine operations. */
7428 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
7429 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
7431 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
7434 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7435 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7438 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7439 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7440 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7441 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7442 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
7446 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7448 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7449 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7450 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7451 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7452 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7453 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7455 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
7458 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7459 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7460 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7461 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7465 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7466 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7467 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7468 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7469 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7470 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7473 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7475 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7476 different from the previous line. */
7477 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7479 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7480 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7481 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7482 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7486 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7487 that uses the least amount of space. */
7488 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7490 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7491 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7492 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7493 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7494 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7495 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7497 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7498 "line %lu", current_line);
7501 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7502 depending on the value being encoded. */
7503 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7504 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7505 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7506 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7510 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7511 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7514 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7517 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7518 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7519 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7523 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7524 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7525 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7526 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
7529 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7530 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7531 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7536 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
7538 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7539 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
7542 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7543 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7544 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
7545 && line_info->function == function)
7549 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7550 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7551 to handle it differently. */
7552 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
7554 if (function != line_info->function)
7556 function = line_info->function;
7558 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
7559 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7560 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7561 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7562 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7566 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7569 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7570 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7571 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7575 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7576 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7577 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7578 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7582 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7584 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7585 different from the previous line. */
7586 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7588 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7589 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7590 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7591 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7595 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7596 that uses the least amount of space. */
7597 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7599 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7600 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7601 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7602 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7603 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7604 "line %lu", current_line);
7607 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7608 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7609 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7610 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7614 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7622 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7623 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
7624 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
7629 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7630 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
7633 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7634 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7635 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7639 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7640 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7641 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7642 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7645 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7646 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7647 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7648 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7652 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7653 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
7656 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7657 a DIE that describes the given type.
7659 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7660 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7663 base_type_die (tree type)
7665 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
7666 const char *type_name;
7667 enum dwarf_type encoding;
7668 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
7670 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
7675 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
7676 name = DECL_NAME (name);
7678 type_name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name);
7681 type_name = "__unknown__";
7683 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7686 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7687 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7688 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7690 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7691 && (type == char_type_node
7692 || ! strcmp (type_name, "signed char")
7693 || ! strcmp (type_name, "unsigned char"))))
7695 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
7696 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
7698 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
7701 /* else fall through. */
7704 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7705 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
7706 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
7708 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
7712 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
7715 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7716 a user defined type for it. */
7718 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
7719 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
7721 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
7725 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7726 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
7730 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7734 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7735 if (demangle_name_func)
7736 type_name = (*demangle_name_func) (type_name);
7738 add_AT_string (base_type_result, DW_AT_name, type_name);
7739 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
7740 int_size_in_bytes (type));
7741 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
7743 return base_type_result;
7746 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7747 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7748 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7749 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7750 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7751 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7752 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7753 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7756 root_type (tree type)
7758 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
7759 return error_mark_node;
7761 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7764 return error_mark_node;
7767 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
7768 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
7771 return type_main_variant (type);
7775 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
7776 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7779 is_base_type (tree type)
7781 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7796 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
7801 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
7815 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
7816 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
7817 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
7818 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
7821 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7822 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type)
7824 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
7825 return BITS_PER_WORD;
7826 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
7828 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
7829 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
7831 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
7834 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
7835 emitted as a subrange type. */
7838 is_subrange_type (tree type)
7840 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
7842 if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE
7843 && subtype != NULL_TREE)
7845 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) == INTEGER_TYPE)
7847 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
7853 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
7854 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
7857 subrange_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
7859 dw_die_ref subtype_die;
7860 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
7861 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
7862 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
7864 if (context_die == NULL)
7865 context_die = comp_unit_die;
7867 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
7868 subtype_die = gen_enumeration_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
7870 subtype_die = base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type));
7872 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
7876 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
7877 name = DECL_NAME (name);
7878 add_name_attribute (subrange_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
7881 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
7883 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
7884 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
7885 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
7888 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL)
7889 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
7890 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type));
7891 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL)
7892 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
7893 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type));
7894 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, DW_AT_type, subtype_die);
7896 return subrange_die;
7899 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
7900 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
7903 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
7904 dw_die_ref context_die)
7906 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
7907 dw_die_ref mod_type_die = NULL;
7908 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
7909 tree item_type = NULL;
7911 if (code != ERROR_MARK)
7913 tree qualified_type;
7915 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
7918 = get_qualified_type (type,
7919 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
7921 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
7923 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
7926 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
7928 return mod_type_die;
7931 /* Handle C typedef types. */
7932 if (qualified_type && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
7933 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL
7934 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
7936 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (qualified_type);
7937 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (type_name);
7939 if (qualified_type == dtype)
7941 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
7942 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
7943 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
7945 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
7946 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype))
7947 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
7948 type to which it refers. */
7950 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name),
7951 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
7954 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
7960 else if (is_const_type)
7962 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7963 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
7965 else if (is_volatile_type)
7967 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7968 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
7970 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
7972 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7973 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
7974 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
7976 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
7978 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
7980 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
7982 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7983 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
7984 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
7986 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
7988 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
7990 else if (is_subrange_type (type))
7991 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, context_die);
7992 else if (is_base_type (type))
7993 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
7996 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
7998 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
7999 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8000 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8001 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8002 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8004 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
8005 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
8007 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8008 not the main variant. */
8009 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
8010 if (mod_type_die == NULL)
8014 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
8015 type = qualified_type;
8019 equate_type_number_to_die (type, mod_type_die);
8021 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8022 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8023 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8024 types are possible in Ada. */
8025 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
8026 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
8027 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
8030 if (sub_die != NULL)
8031 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
8033 return mod_type_die;
8036 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8037 an enumerated type. */
8040 type_is_enum (tree type)
8042 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
8045 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
8048 dbx_reg_number (rtx rtl)
8050 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
8052 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8055 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
8058 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8059 zero if there is none. */
8061 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8062 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8067 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8070 reg = dbx_reg_number (rtl);
8071 regs = (*targetm.dwarf_register_span) (rtl);
8073 if (HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (rtl), GET_MODE (rtl)) > 1
8075 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs);
8077 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg);
8080 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8081 a given hard register number. */
8083 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8084 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno)
8087 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + regno, 0, 0);
8089 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
8092 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8093 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8095 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8096 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs)
8100 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8102 reg = dbx_reg_number (rtl);
8103 nregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (rtl), GET_MODE (rtl));
8105 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8106 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
8108 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
8115 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg);
8116 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8117 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0));
8123 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8125 if (GET_CODE (regs) != PARALLEL)
8128 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8131 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
8135 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)));
8136 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8137 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8138 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0));
8143 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8145 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8146 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
8148 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8150 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8151 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8155 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
8158 else if (i <= 0xffff)
8160 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8170 else if (i >= -0x8000)
8172 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8173 || i >= -0x80000000)
8179 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
8182 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8184 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8185 based_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
8187 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
8188 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8189 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8191 unsigned fp_reg = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8192 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8193 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
8196 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
8198 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + reg, offset, 0);
8200 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
8205 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8208 is_based_loc (rtx rtl)
8210 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
8211 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == REG
8212 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8213 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
8216 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8217 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8218 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8219 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8221 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8222 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8223 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8224 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8226 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8227 autoincrement addressing modes.
8229 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8231 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8232 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode)
8234 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
8236 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8237 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8238 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8239 zeroth element of the array. */
8241 rtl = (*targetm.delegitimize_address) (rtl);
8243 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8248 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8249 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8251 /* ... fall through ... */
8254 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8255 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8256 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8257 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8258 contains the given subreg. */
8259 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8261 /* ... fall through ... */
8264 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8265 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8266 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8267 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8268 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8269 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8270 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8271 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8272 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8273 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8274 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8275 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8276 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8277 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8278 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (dbx_reg_number (rtl), 0);
8282 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8283 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
8284 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
8288 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8290 /* ... fall through ... */
8293 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8294 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8298 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8299 by a different symbol. */
8300 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
8303 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
8305 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
8308 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp))
8309 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp, &marked);
8314 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8315 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8316 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8317 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8322 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8323 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8324 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8325 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, rtl);
8329 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8331 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8336 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8338 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
8339 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
8340 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
8341 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
8343 /* ... fall through ... */
8347 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
8348 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (dbx_reg_number (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
8349 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
8352 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8353 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
8356 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
8357 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
8358 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8359 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8360 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
8363 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8364 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
8365 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8366 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8373 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8374 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
8375 dw_loc_descr_ref op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8376 dw_loc_descr_ref op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode);
8378 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
8381 mem_loc_result = op0;
8382 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
8383 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
8388 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
8392 /* If this is a MEM, return its address. Otherwise, we can't
8394 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == MEM)
8395 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0), mode);
8403 return mem_loc_result;
8406 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8407 This is typically a complex variable. */
8409 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8410 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1)
8412 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
8413 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref = loc_descriptor (x0);
8414 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref = loc_descriptor (x1);
8416 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
8419 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
8420 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
8421 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8422 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)), 0));
8424 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
8425 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
8426 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8427 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)), 0));
8429 return cc_loc_result;
8432 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8433 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8434 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8435 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8436 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8438 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8440 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8441 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8443 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8445 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8448 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8449 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8450 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8451 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8452 contains the given subreg. */
8453 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8455 /* ... fall through ... */
8458 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
8462 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8466 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
8476 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8477 up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
8478 looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
8479 descriptor, return 0. */
8481 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8482 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc, int addressp)
8484 dw_loc_descr_ref ret, ret1;
8486 int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
8487 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8489 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8490 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8493 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
8498 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR:
8499 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
8500 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8501 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8502 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8503 the names of types. */
8509 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
8510 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
8511 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
8512 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
8513 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
8517 /* We can support this only if we can look through conversions and
8518 find an INDIRECT_EXPR. */
8519 for (loc = TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0);
8520 TREE_CODE (loc) == CONVERT_EXPR || TREE_CODE (loc) == NOP_EXPR
8521 || TREE_CODE (loc) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
8522 || TREE_CODE (loc) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
8523 || TREE_CODE (loc) == SAVE_EXPR;
8524 loc = TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
8527 return (TREE_CODE (loc) == INDIRECT_REF
8528 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), addressp)
8532 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc))
8536 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8537 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8541 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8542 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8543 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc))
8546 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
8547 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8550 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != MEM)
8552 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8553 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
8556 ret = new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr, 0, 0);
8557 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8558 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8560 ret1 = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
8561 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
8570 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
8572 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8574 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
8576 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8577 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8578 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8583 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
8585 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM)
8588 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8591 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
8597 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8602 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), addressp);
8606 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
8607 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
8610 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), addressp);
8615 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
8618 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
8619 enum machine_mode mode;
8622 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
8623 &unsignedp, &volatilep);
8628 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj, 1);
8630 || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
8633 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
8635 /* Variable offset. */
8636 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset, 0));
8637 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8643 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
8645 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
8646 else if (bytepos < 0)
8648 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
8649 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8655 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
8656 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
8663 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
8664 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
8665 enum machine_mode mode;
8667 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != MEM)
8669 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
8670 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8672 rtl = (*targetm.delegitimize_address) (rtl);
8675 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
8679 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
8680 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
8685 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
8691 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
8696 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
8698 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
8699 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
8707 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
8709 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
8710 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
8723 op = (unsignedp ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
8727 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
8728 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
8730 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8734 add_loc_descr (&ret,
8735 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8736 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
8746 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8753 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8760 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8767 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8782 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8783 ret1 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
8784 if (ret == 0 || ret1 == 0)
8787 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
8788 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8791 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
8805 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8809 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8813 loc = build (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
8814 build (LT_EXPR, integer_type_node,
8815 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
8816 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
8818 /* ... fall through ... */
8822 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
8823 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
8824 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
8825 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
8826 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
8828 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8829 if (ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
8832 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
8833 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
8835 add_loc_descr (&ret, rhs);
8836 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
8837 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
8839 add_loc_descr (&ret, lhs);
8840 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
8841 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
8843 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
8844 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
8845 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
8846 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
8847 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
8851 case EXPR_WITH_FILE_LOCATION:
8852 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (EXPR_WFL_NODE (loc), addressp);
8855 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
8856 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
8857 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
8858 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
8861 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
8862 these explicitly. Aborting means we forgot one. */
8866 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
8867 if (addressp && indirect_p == 0)
8870 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
8871 if (!addressp && indirect_p > 0)
8873 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
8875 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
8877 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
8880 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
8882 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
8888 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
8889 which is not less than the value itself. */
8891 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
8892 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
8894 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
8897 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
8898 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
8899 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
8903 field_type (tree decl)
8907 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
8908 return integer_type_node;
8910 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
8911 if (type == NULL_TREE)
8912 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
8917 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
8918 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
8919 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
8921 static inline unsigned
8922 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type)
8924 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
8927 static inline unsigned
8928 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl)
8930 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
8933 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
8934 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
8935 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
8936 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
8937 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
8940 static HOST_WIDE_INT
8941 field_byte_offset (tree decl)
8943 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
8944 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
8945 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
8946 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
8948 tree field_size_tree;
8949 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
8950 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
8951 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
8953 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
8955 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
8958 type = field_type (decl);
8959 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
8961 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
8962 a flexible array member. */
8963 if (! field_size_tree)
8964 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
8966 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
8967 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
8968 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
8969 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
8972 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
8974 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
8975 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
8976 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
8978 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
8980 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
8981 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
8982 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
8984 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
8985 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
8986 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
8987 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
8988 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
8989 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
8990 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
8991 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
8993 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
8995 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
8996 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
8997 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
8998 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
8999 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9000 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9001 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9002 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9003 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9004 bits of the bit-field itself.
9006 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9007 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9008 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9009 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9010 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9011 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9012 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9013 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9014 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9016 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9017 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9018 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9019 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9020 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9021 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9023 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9024 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9025 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
9027 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9028 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9029 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9031 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9032 object_offset_in_bits += type_align_in_bits - 1;
9033 object_offset_in_bits /= type_align_in_bits;
9034 object_offset_in_bits *= type_align_in_bits;
9036 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
9038 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9039 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9041 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9042 object_offset_in_bits += decl_align_in_bits - 1;
9043 object_offset_in_bits /= decl_align_in_bits;
9044 object_offset_in_bits *= decl_align_in_bits;
9047 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9050 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9051 associated with them. */
9053 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9055 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9056 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9057 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9060 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
9061 dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
9064 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr);
9067 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9068 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9069 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9070 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9071 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9072 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9075 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9076 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9077 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9078 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9079 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9080 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9081 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9082 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9083 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9087 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9089 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
9090 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
9092 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_VEC)
9094 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9095 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (decl) && is_cxx ())
9097 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9098 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9099 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9100 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9102 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9104 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9106 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
9108 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9109 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
9110 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9112 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9113 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9114 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9116 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9117 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
9121 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
9122 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9123 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
9124 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9126 /* Extract the offset. */
9127 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9128 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9130 /* Add it to the object address. */
9131 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
9132 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9135 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
9138 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
9142 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9144 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9145 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9146 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9148 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9149 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9150 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9154 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
9157 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
9160 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
9163 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
9166 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
9170 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
9176 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
9178 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9179 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
9181 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
9187 val |= *--src & 0xff;
9193 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
9196 insert_float (rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
9202 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
9203 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
9205 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
9206 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
9208 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
9213 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9214 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9215 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9216 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9217 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9220 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
9222 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9226 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9229 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
9231 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
9236 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9237 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9238 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9239 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9241 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9243 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
9245 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
9246 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length);
9248 insert_float (rtl, array);
9249 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
9253 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9254 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG != HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
9257 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
9258 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
9265 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9266 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
9267 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
9268 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length * elt_size);
9272 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_VECTOR_INT)
9274 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9276 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9277 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
9278 if (GET_CODE (elt) == CONST_INT)
9283 else if (GET_CODE (elt) == CONST_DOUBLE)
9285 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
9286 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
9291 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
9292 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
9293 else if (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
9295 unsigned char *p0 = p;
9296 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
9298 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
9303 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
9304 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
9310 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT)
9312 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9314 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9315 insert_float (elt, p);
9321 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
9326 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
9332 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
9333 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, rtl);
9337 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9338 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9339 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9340 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9341 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9342 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9343 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9344 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9345 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9346 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9347 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9351 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9358 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
9362 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9363 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9364 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9366 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9367 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9368 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9369 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9370 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9371 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9372 referenced within the function.
9374 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9375 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9376 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9377 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9379 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9380 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9381 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9382 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9383 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9384 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9386 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9387 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9388 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9389 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9390 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9391 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9392 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9393 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9394 output at debug-time.
9396 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9397 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9398 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9399 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9400 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9401 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9402 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9403 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9404 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9405 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9406 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9407 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9408 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9410 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9411 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9412 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9413 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9414 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9415 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9416 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9417 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9420 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9421 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9422 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9423 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9424 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9425 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9426 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9427 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9428 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9429 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9430 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c doesn't currently generate these
9431 values for inlined instances of inline function parameters, so when we see
9432 such cases, we are just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
9435 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9436 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
9438 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9439 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
9441 if (! reload_completed)
9444 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
9445 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
9446 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
9447 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == REG
9448 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
9449 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
9451 rtl = (*targetm.delegitimize_address) (rtl);
9456 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
9458 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
9460 tree declared_type = type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl));
9461 tree passed_type = type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl));
9463 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9464 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9465 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9466 if (declared_type == passed_type)
9467 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
9468 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9469 && TREE_CODE (declared_type) == INTEGER_TYPE
9470 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type))
9471 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type))))
9472 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
9475 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9476 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9477 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9478 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9479 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9480 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9482 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
9483 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
9484 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
9485 /* Not passed in memory. */
9486 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)) != MEM
9487 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9488 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != REG
9489 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9490 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9491 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9492 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9495 /* Big endian correction check. */
9497 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
9498 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
9501 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
9502 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
9504 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
9505 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
9509 if (rtl != NULL_RTX)
9511 rtl = eliminate_regs (rtl, 0, NULL_RTX);
9512 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9513 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
9514 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl);
9518 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
9519 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
9520 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
9521 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
9523 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9524 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9525 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
9526 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE)
9528 tree arrtype = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9529 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (arrtype);
9530 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype);
9531 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
9532 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
9534 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
9536 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
9537 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
9538 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
9539 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
9540 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
9541 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init));
9543 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9544 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9545 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9546 else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == INTEGER_CST
9547 || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == REAL_CST)
9549 rtl = expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode,
9550 EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
9551 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9552 if (rtl && GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM)
9558 rtl = (*targetm.delegitimize_address) (rtl);
9560 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
9561 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
9562 code, and thus is not emitted. */
9564 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
9569 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
9570 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
9571 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
9572 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
9573 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
9574 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
9575 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
9576 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
9577 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
9578 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
9581 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9584 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
9586 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9588 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL && TREE_CODE (decl) != PARM_DECL)
9591 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
9592 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9595 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9598 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away;
9599 don't emit anything. */
9610 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
9611 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
9615 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (decl))
9617 /* Need loc_descriptor_from_tree since that's where we know
9618 how to handle TLS variables. Want the object's address
9619 since the top-level DW_AT_location assumes such. See
9620 the confusion in loc_descriptor for reference. */
9621 descr = loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl, 1);
9628 descr = loc_descriptor (rtl);
9630 add_AT_location_description (die, DW_AT_location, descr);
9635 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
9636 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
9637 enum machine_mode mode;
9640 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
9641 descr = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
9642 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
9643 add_loc_descr (&descr,
9644 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0));
9645 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
9647 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
9649 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
9650 add_loc_descr (&descr, temp);
9651 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
9652 add_loc_descr (&descr,
9653 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
9654 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0));
9657 add_AT_location_description (die, DW_AT_location, descr);
9665 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
9666 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
9667 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
9670 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
9672 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
9673 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9675 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init
9676 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type) == null_pointer_node)
9681 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
9684 if (host_integerp (init, 0))
9685 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
9686 tree_low_cst (init, 0));
9688 add_AT_long_long (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
9689 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init),
9690 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init));
9697 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
9698 the value of the attribute. */
9701 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
9703 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
9705 if (demangle_name_func)
9706 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
9708 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
9712 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
9715 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
9717 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
9719 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
9722 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
9723 a representation for that bound. */
9726 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
9728 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
9733 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
9735 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
9736 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
9737 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
9738 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
9739 /* use the default */
9742 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
9747 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
9748 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
9749 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
9753 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
9754 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
9755 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
9756 points in the generated code right after they have just been
9757 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
9758 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
9759 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
9760 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
9761 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
9762 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
9763 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
9764 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
9765 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
9766 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
9767 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
9768 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
9769 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
9770 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
9772 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
9773 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
9774 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
9775 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)
9776 && (! optimize || GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)) == MEM))
9778 dw_die_ref ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
9779 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
9780 rtx loc = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound);
9782 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
9783 it references an outer function's frame. */
9784 if (GET_CODE (loc) == MEM)
9786 rtx new_addr = fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc, 0), bound);
9788 if (XEXP (loc, 0) != new_addr)
9789 loc = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc), new_addr);
9792 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9793 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
9794 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location,
9795 loc_descriptor (loc));
9796 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
9799 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
9805 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
9807 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
9808 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
9809 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
9810 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
9812 if (decl_die != NULL)
9813 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
9819 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
9820 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
9822 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
9823 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
9825 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound, 0);
9829 if (current_function_decl == 0)
9830 ctx = comp_unit_die;
9832 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
9834 /* If we weren't able to find a context, it's most likely the case
9835 that we are processing the return type of the function. So
9836 make a SAVE_EXPR to point to it and have the limbo DIE code
9837 find the proper die. The save_expr function doesn't always
9838 make a SAVE_EXPR, so do it ourselves. */
9840 bound = build (SAVE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (bound), bound,
9841 current_function_decl, NULL_TREE);
9843 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
9844 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9845 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
9846 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
9848 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
9854 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
9855 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
9858 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type)
9860 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9861 unsigned dimension_number;
9864 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
9866 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
9867 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
9868 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
9869 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
9870 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
9871 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
9872 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
9873 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
9875 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9876 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9877 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9878 gen_array_type_die. */
9879 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9880 for (dimension_number = 0;
9881 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
9882 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
9885 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
9887 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
9888 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
9890 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
9893 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
9894 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
9895 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
9897 /* Define the index type. */
9898 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
9900 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
9901 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
9902 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
9903 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
9904 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
9905 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
9906 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
9909 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
9913 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
9914 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
9916 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
9917 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
9918 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
9920 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
9922 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
9925 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
9926 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
9932 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
9936 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
9944 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
9945 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
9948 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
9949 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
9950 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
9951 even for bit-fields. */
9952 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9958 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
9959 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
9960 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
9961 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
9962 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
9965 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
9966 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
9967 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
9970 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9971 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9972 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9973 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
9974 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
9975 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
9977 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
9978 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
9979 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
9982 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9984 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
9985 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
9986 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
9987 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
9988 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
9989 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
9991 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9993 || TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
9996 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
9997 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
9998 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
9999 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
10000 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10003 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
10005 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
10006 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10007 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10008 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10009 below must take account of these differences. */
10010 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
10011 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
10013 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10015 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
10016 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
10020 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10021 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
10022 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
10024 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
10027 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10028 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10031 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10033 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10034 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL
10035 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
10038 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10039 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
10042 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10043 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10046 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
10048 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
10049 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
10050 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
10053 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10054 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10058 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
10060 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
10062 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
10064 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10065 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10066 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10068 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10069 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10073 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
10075 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
10077 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
10080 if (DECL_P (origin))
10081 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
10082 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
10083 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
10085 if (origin_die == NULL)
10088 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
10091 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10094 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
10096 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
10098 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
10100 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
10101 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
10102 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
10103 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
10106 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10107 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10108 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10109 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
10113 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10116 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10118 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
10120 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10121 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
10124 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10125 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10128 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10132 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
10133 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
10135 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
10136 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10137 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
10139 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
10140 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10141 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
10142 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10143 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
10144 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
10147 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10148 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10149 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10150 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
10152 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
10153 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10154 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10159 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10162 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
10164 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table, scope);
10167 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10170 pop_decl_scope (void)
10172 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) <= 0)
10175 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table);
10178 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10179 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10180 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10181 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10182 the current active scope. */
10185 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
10187 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
10188 tree containing_scope;
10191 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10195 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
10197 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
10198 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
10200 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
10203 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10206 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10207 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10208 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10209 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
10210 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10212 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
10213 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10214 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
10216 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10217 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10218 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10219 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
10220 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
10225 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10226 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope))
10229 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10230 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10233 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
10236 scope_die = context_die;
10241 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10244 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10246 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
10247 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10248 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
10254 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
10255 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
10258 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10260 return (context_die
10261 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
10262 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type
10263 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
10266 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10267 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10268 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10271 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
10272 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
10274 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
10275 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
10277 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10278 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10279 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10280 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10281 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
10282 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
10283 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
10285 if (code == ERROR_MARK
10286 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10287 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10288 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10289 || code == VOID_TYPE)
10292 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
10293 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
10294 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
10297 if (type_die != NULL)
10298 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
10301 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10302 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10303 was declared without a tag. */
10305 static const char *
10306 type_tag (tree type)
10308 const char *name = 0;
10310 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
10314 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10315 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
10316 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
10318 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10319 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10321 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
10322 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
10323 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
10325 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10327 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
10330 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
10333 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10334 for bit field types. */
10337 member_declared_type (tree member)
10339 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
10340 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
10343 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10344 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10347 static const char *
10348 decl_start_label (tree decl)
10351 const char *fnname;
10353 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
10354 if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
10358 if (GET_CODE (x) != SYMBOL_REF)
10361 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
10366 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10367 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10368 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10371 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10373 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
10374 dw_die_ref array_die;
10377 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10378 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10379 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10380 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10381 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10384 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
10385 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
10386 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
10388 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
10390 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10391 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10392 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
10393 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
10397 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10398 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10399 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10400 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10401 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10402 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10403 for multidimensional arrays. */
10404 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
10407 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10408 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10409 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10410 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
10411 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10414 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
10416 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10417 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
10419 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10420 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10421 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10422 add_subscript_info. */
10423 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10424 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
10425 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
10427 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
10430 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
10434 gen_set_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10436 dw_die_ref type_die
10437 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
10439 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10440 add_type_attribute (type_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
10445 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
10447 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10448 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
10450 if (origin != NULL)
10451 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
10454 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
10455 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10456 0, 0, context_die);
10459 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10460 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
10462 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
10466 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10467 emit full debugging info for them. */
10470 retry_incomplete_types (void)
10474 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
10475 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
10478 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10481 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10483 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die, type);
10485 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10486 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10487 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10490 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10493 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10495 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die, type);
10497 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10498 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10499 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10502 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
10505 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10507 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die, type);
10509 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10510 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10511 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10514 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
10515 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
10516 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
10520 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10522 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
10524 if (type_die == NULL)
10526 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
10527 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
10528 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10529 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
10531 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
10534 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
10536 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
10537 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
10538 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
10539 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
10543 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10544 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
10545 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
10546 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
10548 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10549 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10550 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
10551 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
10553 for (link = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
10554 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
10556 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
10557 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
10559 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
10560 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
10562 if (host_integerp (value, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
10563 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
10564 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
10565 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
10566 values as if they were signed. That means that
10567 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
10568 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
10569 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
10570 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
10574 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10579 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
10580 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
10583 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
10584 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
10585 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
10586 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
10587 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
10588 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
10589 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
10590 argument type of some subprogram type. */
10593 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, dw_die_ref context_die)
10595 dw_die_ref parm_die
10596 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
10599 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
10602 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
10603 if (origin != NULL)
10604 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
10607 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
10608 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
10609 TREE_READONLY (node),
10610 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
10612 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
10613 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10616 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
10617 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
10618 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node);
10623 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
10624 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
10634 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
10635 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
10638 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10640 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
10643 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
10644 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
10645 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
10646 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
10649 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10652 tree formal_type = NULL;
10653 tree first_parm_type;
10656 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
10658 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
10659 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
10664 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
10666 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
10667 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
10668 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
10670 dw_die_ref parm_die;
10672 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
10673 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
10676 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
10677 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
10678 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
10679 && link == first_parm_type)
10680 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
10681 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10683 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
10685 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
10688 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
10689 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
10690 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
10691 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
10693 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
10694 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
10695 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
10696 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
10697 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
10698 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
10701 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
10702 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
10703 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
10704 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
10705 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
10708 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
10710 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
10712 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
10713 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
10714 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
10715 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
10717 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member))
10720 push_decl_scope (type);
10721 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
10722 gen_subprogram_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
10724 gen_variable_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
10730 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
10731 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
10734 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
10736 dw_die_ref old_die;
10739 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
10741 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
10742 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
10744 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
10745 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10746 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
10749 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
10750 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
10751 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10753 context = decl_class_context (decl);
10755 gen_type_die_for_member
10756 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
10759 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
10760 save_fn = current_function_decl;
10761 current_function_decl = decl;
10763 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
10764 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
10765 if (! was_abstract)
10766 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
10768 current_function_decl = save_fn;
10771 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
10775 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
10777 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10778 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10779 dw_die_ref subr_die;
10783 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
10784 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
10785 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
10787 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
10788 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
10789 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
10790 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
10791 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
10793 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
10794 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
10801 if (origin != NULL)
10803 if (declaration && ! local_scope_p (context_die))
10806 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
10807 inline function. */
10808 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
10809 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
10811 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
10812 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
10816 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
10818 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
10819 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
10820 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
10821 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
10822 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10824 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
10825 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
10826 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
10827 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
10828 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
10834 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
10835 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
10836 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
10837 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
10838 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
10839 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
10840 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
10841 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
10842 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
10843 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
10844 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
10845 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl)))))
10847 subr_die = old_die;
10849 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
10850 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
10851 remove_children (subr_die);
10855 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
10856 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
10857 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
10858 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10859 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
10860 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
10862 (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
10867 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
10869 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
10870 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
10872 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
10873 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10875 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
10876 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10877 0, 0, context_die);
10880 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
10881 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10882 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10884 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
10885 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
10886 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
10887 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
10892 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10894 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10896 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
10897 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
10898 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
10899 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
10900 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10901 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
10904 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10906 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
10908 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
10909 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
10911 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
10915 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
10916 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
10918 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
10921 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
10923 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
10925 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10926 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
10928 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
10929 current_function_funcdef_no);
10930 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
10931 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
10932 current_function_funcdef_no);
10933 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
10935 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
10936 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
10938 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10939 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
10940 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
10943 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
10944 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
10945 variables is relative to one of them. */
10947 = frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx : stack_pointer_rtx;
10948 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg));
10951 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
10952 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
10953 if (current_function_needs_context)
10954 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
10955 loc_descriptor (lookup_static_chain (decl)));
10959 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
10960 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
10961 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
10962 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
10963 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
10964 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
10965 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
10966 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
10967 an ellipsis at the end. */
10969 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
10970 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
10971 its formal parameters. */
10972 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10974 else if (declaration)
10975 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
10978 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
10979 tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
10982 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
10983 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
10984 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
10985 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
10987 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
10988 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
10989 "__builtin_va_alist"))
10990 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
10992 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
10995 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
10996 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
10997 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
10998 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
10999 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
11000 parameters at all. */
11001 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
11002 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
11004 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
11005 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
11006 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11008 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
11009 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11012 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
11013 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
11014 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
11016 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
11017 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
11018 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
11019 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
11020 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
11021 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
11022 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
11024 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
11025 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
11026 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
11027 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
11028 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
11029 constructor function. */
11030 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
11032 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
11033 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
11035 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
11036 if (current_function_has_inlines)
11038 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11039 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
11041 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11042 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
11049 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
11052 gen_variable_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11054 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11055 dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
11057 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11058 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
11059 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11061 if (origin != NULL)
11062 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
11064 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
11065 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
11067 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
11068 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
11071 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
11072 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl)
11073 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
11075 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
11076 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
11077 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
11079 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
11081 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11082 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11084 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11085 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
11087 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line,
11088 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
11093 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
11094 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
11095 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
11097 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11098 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11100 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11101 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11103 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11104 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11105 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11106 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11110 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11112 if (class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11113 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
11115 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11117 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
11118 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
11121 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
11124 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11127 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11129 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11130 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
11132 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11134 if (origin != NULL)
11135 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
11137 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
11139 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11140 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
11143 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
11145 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11146 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
11147 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11149 && (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL
11150 || ((GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
11151 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
11153 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11154 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11155 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11156 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11157 it if it ever does happen. */
11158 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn))
11161 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
11162 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11167 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11170 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11172 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
11173 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11175 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11177 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
11181 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
11183 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
11186 add_ranges (chain);
11187 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
11194 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
11195 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11196 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11197 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
11198 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11199 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
11203 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
11206 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11209 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11211 tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
11213 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
11214 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
11215 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
11216 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
11217 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
11219 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11221 dw_die_ref subr_die
11222 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
11223 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11225 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11226 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
11227 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11228 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11229 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
11230 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11231 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
11232 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
11233 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
11236 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11237 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11238 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11239 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11240 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11241 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11242 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11243 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11244 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11245 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11246 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11248 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11251 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11254 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11256 dw_die_ref decl_die;
11258 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
11261 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
11262 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
11263 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
11264 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
11267 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
11269 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11270 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11271 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11274 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
11275 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11277 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11278 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11280 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11281 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11282 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11283 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11287 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11288 Use modified_type_die instead.
11289 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11290 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11293 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11296 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11298 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
11299 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11300 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
11303 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11304 Use modified_type_die instead.
11305 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11306 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11309 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11312 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11314 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
11315 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11316 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
11320 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11323 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11326 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
11327 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11329 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
11330 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
11331 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
11332 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11335 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11338 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
11341 char producer[250];
11342 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
11345 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
11349 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
11350 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
11351 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR && filename[0] != '<')
11352 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
11355 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
11357 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11358 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11359 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11360 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11361 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11362 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11363 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11364 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11365 strcat (producer, " -g");
11368 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
11370 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
11371 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
11372 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11373 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
11374 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
11375 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
11376 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11377 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
11378 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
11379 language = DW_LANG_Java;
11381 language = DW_LANG_C89;
11383 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
11387 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11390 gen_string_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11392 dw_die_ref type_die
11393 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11395 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11397 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11398 TODO: add string length info. */
11400 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
11401 bound_representation (upper_bound, 0, 'u');
11405 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11408 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
11410 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
11412 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
11413 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
11415 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo))
11416 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
11418 if (access == access_public_node)
11419 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
11420 else if (access == access_protected_node)
11421 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11424 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11427 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11430 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
11433 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11434 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11435 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11436 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11437 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11438 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11439 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11440 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
11441 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
11442 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
11443 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
11445 /* First output info about the base classes. */
11446 if (binfo && BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo))
11448 tree bases = BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo);
11449 tree accesses = BINFO_BASEACCESSES (binfo);
11450 int n_bases = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases);
11453 for (i = 0; i < n_bases; i++)
11454 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases, i),
11455 (accesses ? TREE_VEC_ELT (accesses, i)
11456 : access_public_node), context_die);
11459 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
11460 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
11462 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
11463 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
11464 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
11465 do put them in the right order. */
11467 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
11469 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
11471 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
11474 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
11475 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
11477 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
11478 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
11481 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
11483 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
11485 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
11489 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
11490 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
11491 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
11494 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11496 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11497 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
11499 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
11500 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
11501 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
11502 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
11504 if (type_die && ! complete)
11507 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
11508 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
11509 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
11512 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
11514 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
11515 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
11517 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
11519 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
11520 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
11522 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11524 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
11526 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
11529 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11531 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
11532 then give a list of members. */
11533 if (complete && !ns_decl)
11535 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
11536 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
11537 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11538 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
11539 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
11540 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
11542 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11543 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11544 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
11545 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
11547 push_decl_scope (type);
11548 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
11551 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
11552 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
11554 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
11556 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
11557 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
11558 lookup_type_die (vtype));
11563 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11565 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
11566 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
11567 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
11568 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types, type);
11572 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
11575 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11577 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11578 dw_die_ref subr_die
11579 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
11580 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11582 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
11583 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
11584 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
11585 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
11588 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
11591 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11593 dw_die_ref type_die;
11596 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
11599 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
11600 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
11601 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11602 if (origin != NULL)
11603 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
11608 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
11609 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
11611 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
11613 if (type == TREE_TYPE (decl))
11616 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
11619 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
11621 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
11622 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
11625 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11626 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
11629 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
11632 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11636 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
11639 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
11640 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
11642 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
11645 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
11646 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == type)
11649 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11650 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
11654 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
11655 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
11656 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
11657 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
11658 cloned type itself). */
11659 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
11660 type = type_main_variant (type);
11662 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
11665 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
11671 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
11672 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
11673 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
11674 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
11675 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
11677 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11679 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
11680 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
11681 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11685 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
11686 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
11687 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
11689 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
11690 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11692 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
11694 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
11698 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type), context_die);
11699 gen_set_type_die (type, context_die);
11703 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11704 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
11707 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
11708 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11709 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11710 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
11714 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11715 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11716 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
11720 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == CHAR_TYPE)
11722 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11723 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die);
11726 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
11730 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
11733 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
11736 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
11737 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
11738 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
11739 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
11740 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
11741 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
11742 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
11743 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
11744 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
11745 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
11747 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
11749 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
11752 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
11753 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
11754 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
11759 declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
11763 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
11764 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
11766 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
11771 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
11772 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
11773 when appropriate. */
11782 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
11786 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
11793 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11796 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
11799 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11801 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
11804 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
11805 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
11806 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
11808 if (type != type_main_variant (type))
11811 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
11812 an instance of an unresolved type. */
11814 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
11819 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
11820 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
11824 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
11828 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
11829 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
11837 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
11838 things which are local to the given block. */
11841 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11843 int must_output_die = 0;
11846 enum tree_code origin_code;
11848 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11849 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || !TREE_USED (stmt)
11850 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)))
11853 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
11854 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
11855 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
11856 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
11860 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
11861 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
11866 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
11867 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
11868 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
11869 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
11870 the current block. */
11871 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
11872 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
11874 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
11876 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
11877 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
11878 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
11879 must_output_die = 1;
11882 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
11883 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
11884 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
11885 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
11886 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
11887 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
11888 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
11889 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
11891 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
11892 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
11893 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11894 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
11895 as being a "significant" one. */
11896 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL);
11898 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
11899 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
11900 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
11901 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
11902 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
11903 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
11905 must_output_die = 1;
11911 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
11912 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
11913 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
11914 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
11915 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
11916 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
11917 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
11918 if (must_output_die)
11920 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
11921 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11923 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11926 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
11929 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
11930 all of its sub-blocks. */
11933 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11938 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11939 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || ! TREE_USED (stmt))
11942 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
11943 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
11944 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
11945 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
11946 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
11950 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11951 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11952 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
11953 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
11957 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
11958 add_child_die (context_die, die);
11960 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
11963 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
11964 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11967 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
11968 therein) of this block. */
11969 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
11971 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
11972 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
11975 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
11978 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl)
11980 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
11983 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
11984 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
11985 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
11986 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
11987 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
11988 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
11994 /* Returns the DIE for namespace NS or aborts.
11996 Note that namespaces don't really have a lexical context, so there's no
11997 need to pass in a context_die. They always go inside their containing
11998 namespace, or comp_unit_die if none. */
12001 force_namespace_die (tree ns)
12005 dwarf2out_decl (ns);
12006 ns_die = lookup_decl_die (ns);
12013 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
12014 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
12017 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12019 tree context = DECL_P (thing) ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing);
12020 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
12021 /* Force out the namespace. */
12022 context_die = force_namespace_die (context);
12024 return context_die;
12027 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
12028 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
12030 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
12031 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
12034 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12036 dw_die_ref ns_context;
12038 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12041 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
12043 if (ns_context != context_die)
12045 if (DECL_P (thing))
12046 gen_decl_die (thing, ns_context);
12048 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
12052 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
12055 gen_namespace_die (tree decl)
12057 dw_die_ref context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
12059 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
12060 they are an alias of. */
12061 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
12063 /* Output a real namespace. */
12064 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12065 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace, context_die, decl);
12066 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12067 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12071 /* Output a namespace alias. */
12073 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
12074 dw_die_ref origin_die
12075 = force_namespace_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
12077 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
12078 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12079 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
12080 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12081 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
12082 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12086 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
12089 gen_decl_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12093 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
12096 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12102 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
12103 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
12106 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12107 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
12108 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
12109 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
12110 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
12113 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
12114 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
12115 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
12117 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
12118 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
12119 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
12120 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
12121 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
12122 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
12123 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
12124 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
12125 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12127 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
12128 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
12131 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
12132 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12134 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
12135 have described its return type. */
12136 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
12138 /* And its virtual context. */
12139 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12140 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
12142 /* And its containing type. */
12143 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
12144 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
12145 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
12147 /* And its containing namespace. */
12148 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
12151 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
12152 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
12156 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12157 actual typedefs. */
12158 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12161 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
12162 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
12163 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
12164 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
12165 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
12166 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
12167 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12169 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12173 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
12174 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12176 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
12177 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
12181 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
12182 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
12186 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12187 variable declarations or definitions. */
12188 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12191 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
12193 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12195 /* And its containing type. */
12196 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
12197 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
12198 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
12200 /* And its containing namespace. */
12201 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
12203 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
12204 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
12205 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
12207 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12208 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
12209 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
12211 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
12215 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
12216 anonymous unions. */
12217 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
12218 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE)
12220 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
12221 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
12226 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12227 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
12230 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12231 gen_namespace_die (decl);
12235 if ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES)
12236 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
12242 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
12245 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (const char *filename, const char *context_list)
12247 unsigned int file_index;
12249 if (filename != NULL)
12251 dw_die_ref unit_die = new_die (DW_TAG_module, comp_unit_die, NULL);
12252 tree context_list_decl
12253 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL, get_identifier (context_list),
12256 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl) = TRUE;
12257 add_name_attribute (unit_die, context_list);
12258 file_index = lookup_filename (filename);
12259 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
12260 add_pubname (context_list_decl, unit_die);
12264 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
12265 compilation proper has finished. */
12268 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
12270 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
12271 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
12272 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
12273 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
12274 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
12275 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12278 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
12281 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
12283 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
12285 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12290 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12291 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
12292 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
12293 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
12294 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
12295 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
12296 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
12297 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
12298 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
12299 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
12300 with the definition of the function.
12302 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
12303 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
12304 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
12305 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
12306 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
12307 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
12308 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
12309 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
12310 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
12311 that they *are* definitions).
12313 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
12314 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
12315 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
12316 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
12317 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
12318 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
12321 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
12322 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
12323 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
12324 if (decl_function_context (decl)
12325 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
12326 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12327 context_die = NULL;
12331 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
12332 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
12333 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
12334 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
12335 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
12336 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
12337 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
12338 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
12339 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
12342 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12343 variable declarations or definitions. */
12344 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12348 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12349 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12351 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
12356 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
12357 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
12360 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
12361 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
12362 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl) == 0)
12364 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
12365 comparisons have. */
12366 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
12367 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus)
12368 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
12369 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
12370 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
12375 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
12376 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12379 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
12380 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
12381 if (decl_function_context (decl))
12382 context_die = NULL;
12390 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12393 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
12394 a lexical block. */
12397 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12398 unsigned int blocknum)
12400 function_section (current_function_decl);
12401 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
12404 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
12408 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
12410 function_section (current_function_decl);
12411 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
12414 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
12415 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
12417 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
12418 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
12419 we may end up calling them anyway. */
12422 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block)
12426 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12427 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
12428 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
12434 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
12435 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
12436 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
12437 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
12438 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
12439 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
12440 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
12441 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
12442 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
12446 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
12449 char *save_file_name;
12451 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
12452 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
12453 if (file_table_last_lookup_index != 0)
12456 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, file_table_last_lookup_index);
12457 if (strcmp (file_name, last) == 0)
12458 return file_table_last_lookup_index;
12461 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
12462 n = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table);
12463 for (i = 1; i < n; i++)
12464 if (strcmp (file_name, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)) == 0)
12466 file_table_last_lookup_index = i;
12470 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
12471 file_table_last_lookup_index = n;
12472 save_file_name = (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name);
12473 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, save_file_name);
12474 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
12480 maybe_emit_file (int fileno)
12482 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO && fileno > 0)
12484 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno))
12486 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno) = ++emitcount;
12487 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ",
12488 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno));
12489 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
12490 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, fileno));
12491 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
12493 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno);
12500 init_file_table (void)
12502 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
12503 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table, 64, "file_table");
12504 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted, 64, "file_table_emitted");
12506 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
12507 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, NULL);
12508 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
12509 file_table_last_lookup_index = 0;
12512 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
12513 and record information relating to this source line, in
12514 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
12517 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename)
12519 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
12522 function_section (current_function_decl);
12524 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
12525 if (flag_debug_asm)
12526 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
12529 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
12531 unsigned file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
12533 file_num = maybe_emit_file (file_num);
12535 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
12536 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
12538 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
12539 line_info_table_in_use++;
12541 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
12542 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
12543 separate_line_info_table_in_use++;
12545 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
12547 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
12548 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
12549 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
12551 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
12552 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
12553 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
12555 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12556 separate_line_info_table
12557 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table,
12558 separate_line_info_table_allocated
12559 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
12560 memset (separate_line_info_table
12561 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
12563 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12564 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
12567 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12569 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
12570 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
12571 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
12572 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
12576 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
12578 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
12579 line_info_table_in_use);
12581 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
12582 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
12584 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12586 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table,
12587 (line_info_table_allocated
12588 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
12589 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
12590 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
12593 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12594 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
12595 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
12596 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
12601 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
12604 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
12606 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
12608 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
12609 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
12611 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
12612 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
12615 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12617 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12618 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
12619 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
12621 maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
12622 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename),
12623 "Filename we just started");
12627 /* Record the end of a source file. */
12630 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12632 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
12633 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
12634 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
12636 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12638 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12639 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
12643 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12644 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12645 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12648 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12649 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12651 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12653 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12654 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
12655 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
12656 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
12660 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12661 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12662 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12665 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12666 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12668 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12670 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12671 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
12672 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
12673 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
12677 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
12680 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12682 init_file_table ();
12684 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
12685 decl_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12686 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
12687 decl_die_table_allocated = DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12688 decl_die_table_in_use = 0;
12690 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
12691 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table, 256, "decl_scope_table");
12693 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
12694 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12695 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
12696 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12697 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12698 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
12700 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
12701 line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12702 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
12703 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12705 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12706 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
12708 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
12709 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
12710 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
12711 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
12712 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
12713 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
12714 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
12716 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types, 64, "incomplete_types");
12718 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
12720 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
12721 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
12722 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12723 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
12724 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12726 strcpy (text_section_label, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME));
12728 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
12729 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12730 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
12731 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12732 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
12733 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12734 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12735 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
12736 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12737 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
12738 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12739 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
12741 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12743 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12744 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
12745 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12746 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
12749 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
12752 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
12756 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
12757 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
12760 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12762 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
12764 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
12766 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS);
12767 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
12768 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
12776 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
12777 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
12780 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
12784 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
12785 prune_unmark_dies (c);
12789 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
12790 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
12793 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
12797 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
12799 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
12801 /* A reference to another DIE.
12802 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
12803 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
12805 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file)
12807 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
12808 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned =
12809 maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
12815 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
12816 to DIE's children. */
12819 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
12823 if (die->die_mark == 0)
12825 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
12828 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
12829 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
12830 if (die->die_parent)
12831 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
12833 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
12834 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
12836 /* If this node is a specification,
12837 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
12838 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
12839 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
12842 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
12844 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
12845 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
12849 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
12851 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
12852 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
12853 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type)
12854 prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1);
12856 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
12862 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
12865 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
12869 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
12873 switch (die->die_tag) {
12874 case DW_TAG_const_type:
12875 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
12876 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
12877 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
12878 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
12879 case DW_TAG_typedef:
12880 case DW_TAG_array_type:
12881 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
12882 case DW_TAG_union_type:
12883 case DW_TAG_class_type:
12884 case DW_TAG_friend:
12885 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
12886 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
12887 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
12888 case DW_TAG_string_type:
12889 case DW_TAG_set_type:
12890 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
12891 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
12892 case DW_TAG_file_type:
12893 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
12897 /* Mark everything else. */
12903 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
12904 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
12906 /* Mark children. */
12907 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
12908 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
12912 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
12915 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
12917 dw_die_ref c, p, n;
12918 if (!die->die_mark)
12922 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = n)
12927 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
12935 die->die_child = n;
12942 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
12945 prune_unused_types (void)
12948 limbo_die_node *node;
12950 /* Clear all the marks. */
12951 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
12952 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
12953 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
12955 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
12956 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
12957 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
12958 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
12960 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
12961 pubname_table or arange_table. */
12962 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
12963 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table[i].die, 1);
12964 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
12965 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
12967 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
12968 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
12969 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
12970 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
12972 /* Leave the marks clear. */
12973 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
12974 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
12975 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
12978 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
12979 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
12982 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
12984 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
12985 dw_die_ref die = 0;
12987 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
12988 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
12989 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, filename);
12990 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
12991 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
12992 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
12995 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
12996 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
12997 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
12998 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != '<')
13000 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
13005 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
13006 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
13007 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
13008 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
13010 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
13012 next_node = node->next;
13015 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
13017 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
13021 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
13022 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
13024 /* If this was an expression for a bound involved in a function
13025 return type, it may be a SAVE_EXPR for which we weren't able
13026 to find a DIE previously. So try now. */
13027 else if (node->created_for
13028 && TREE_CODE (node->created_for) == SAVE_EXPR
13029 && 0 != (origin = (lookup_decl_die
13031 (node->created_for)))))
13032 add_child_die (origin, die);
13033 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
13034 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
13035 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
13036 else if (node->created_for
13037 && ((DECL_P (node->created_for)
13038 && (context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for)))
13039 || (TYPE_P (node->created_for)
13040 && (context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for))))
13041 && TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL)
13043 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
13044 nested function can be optimized away, which results
13045 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
13046 with the return type of that nested function. Force
13047 this to be a child of the containing function. */
13048 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
13051 add_child_die (origin, die);
13058 limbo_die_list = NULL;
13060 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
13061 emit full debugging info for them. */
13062 retry_incomplete_types ();
13064 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
13065 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
13066 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die);
13068 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
13069 prune_unused_types ();
13071 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
13072 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
13073 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13074 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
13076 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
13077 that have children. */
13078 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
13079 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13080 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
13082 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
13084 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
13086 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
13087 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
13088 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
13089 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
13090 examining the file. */
13091 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
13093 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13094 output_line_info ();
13097 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
13098 if (have_location_lists)
13100 /* Output the location lists info. */
13101 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13102 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
13103 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13104 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
13105 output_location_lists (die);
13106 have_location_lists = 0;
13109 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
13111 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
13113 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
13114 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
13117 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
13118 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
13119 else if (have_location_lists || ranges_table_in_use)
13120 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
13122 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
13123 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
13124 debug_line_section_label);
13126 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13127 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
13129 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
13130 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
13131 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13132 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
13134 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, 0);
13136 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
13137 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13138 output_abbrev_section ();
13140 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
13141 if (pubname_table_in_use)
13143 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13144 output_pubnames ();
13147 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
13148 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
13149 if (fde_table_in_use)
13151 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13155 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
13156 if (ranges_table_in_use)
13158 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13159 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
13163 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
13164 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13166 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13167 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
13168 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
13171 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
13173 if (debug_str_hash)
13174 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
13178 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
13179 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks;
13181 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
13183 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"